diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc')
213 files changed, 5635 insertions, 2717 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml index 25f8f22d44..ed0cf5bd5d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml @@ -652,6 +652,31 @@ Converts a 2D point expressed in the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin [code]r[/code] and an angle [code]th[/code]) to the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis). </description> </method> + <method name="posmod"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the integer modulus of [code]x/y[/code] that wraps equally in positive and negative. + [codeblock] + for i in range(-3, 4): + print("%2d %2d %2d" % [i, i % 3, posmod(i, 3)]) + [/codeblock] + Produces: + [codeblock] + -3 0 0 + -2 -2 1 + -1 -1 2 + 0 0 0 + 1 1 1 + 2 2 2 + 3 0 0 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> <method name="pow"> <return type="float"> </return> @@ -804,10 +829,7 @@ <method name="randomize"> <description> Randomizes the seed (or the internal state) of the random number generator. Current implementation reseeds using a number based on time. - [codeblock] - func _ready(): - randomize() - [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b] This method is called automatically when the project is run. If you need to fix the seed to have reproducible results, use [method seed] to initialize the random number generator. </description> </method> <method name="range_lerp"> @@ -1371,7 +1393,7 @@ <constant name="KEY_SHIFT" value="16777237" enum="Key"> Shift key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CONTROL" value="16777238" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_CTRL" value="16777238" enum="Key"> Control key. </constant> <constant name="KEY_META" value="16777239" enum="Key"> @@ -2574,8 +2596,8 @@ <constant name="TYPE_PLANE" value="12" enum="Variant.Type"> Variable is of type [Plane]. </constant> - <constant name="TYPE_QUAT" value="13" enum="Variant.Type"> - Variable is of type [Quat]. + <constant name="TYPE_QUATERNION" value="13" enum="Variant.Type"> + Variable is of type [Quaternion]. </constant> <constant name="TYPE_AABB" value="14" enum="Variant.Type"> Variable is of type [AABB]. @@ -2583,8 +2605,8 @@ <constant name="TYPE_BASIS" value="15" enum="Variant.Type"> Variable is of type [Basis]. </constant> - <constant name="TYPE_TRANSFORM" value="16" enum="Variant.Type"> - Variable is of type [Transform]. + <constant name="TYPE_TRANSFORM3D" value="16" enum="Variant.Type"> + Variable is of type [Transform3D]. </constant> <constant name="TYPE_COLOR" value="17" enum="Variant.Type"> Variable is of type [Color]. diff --git a/doc/classes/AABB.xml b/doc/classes/AABB.xml index a28bde9946..af34a948f5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AABB.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AABB.xml @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="AABB"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStar.xml b/doc/classes/AStar.xml index e975b8ed28..fce2b90197 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStar.xml @@ -289,6 +289,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStar between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to the ending point of the path. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it will return an empty [PackedVector3Array] and will print an error message. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_position" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml b/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml index 2a51678209..3efd2f604c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml @@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStar2D between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to the ending point of the path. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it will return an empty [PackedVector2Array] and will print an error message. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_position" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml b/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml index f4cf246713..f644606040 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <method name="register_text_enter"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="line_edit" type="Node"> + <argument index="0" name="line_edit" type="Control"> </argument> <description> Registers a [LineEdit] in the dialog. When the enter key is pressed, the dialog will be accepted. diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite2D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite2D.xml index 969e9cc85b..d18419f163 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite2D.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ <method name="play"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="anim" type="StringName" default="@"""> + <argument index="0" name="anim" type="StringName" default="&"""> </argument> <argument index="1" name="backwards" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="animation" type="StringName" setter="set_animation" getter="get_animation" default="@"default""> + <member name="animation" type="StringName" setter="set_animation" getter="get_animation" default="&"default""> The current animation from the [code]frames[/code] resource. If this value changes, the [code]frame[/code] counter is reset. </member> <member name="centered" type="bool" setter="set_centered" getter="is_centered" default="true"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml index 02ccab4e05..39ab317b79 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <method name="play"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="anim" type="StringName" default="@"""> + <argument index="0" name="anim" type="StringName" default="&"""> </argument> <description> Plays the animation named [code]anim[/code]. If no [code]anim[/code] is provided, the current animation is played. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="animation" type="StringName" setter="set_animation" getter="get_animation" default="@"default""> + <member name="animation" type="StringName" setter="set_animation" getter="get_animation" default="&"default""> The current animation from the [code]frames[/code] resource. If this value changes, the [code]frame[/code] counter is reset. </member> <member name="frame" type="int" setter="set_frame" getter="get_frame" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Animation.xml b/doc/classes/Animation.xml index 7ceb21d22e..02203a3725 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Animation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Animation.xml @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="location" type="Vector3"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="rotation" type="Quat"> + <argument index="3" name="rotation" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <argument index="4" name="scale" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="time_sec" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the interpolated value of a transform track at a given time (in seconds). An array consisting of 3 elements: position ([Vector3]), rotation ([Quat]) and scale ([Vector3]). + Returns the interpolated value of a transform track at a given time (in seconds). An array consisting of 3 elements: position ([Vector3]), rotation ([Quaternion]) and scale ([Vector3]). </description> </method> <method name="value_track_get_key_indices" qualifiers="const"> @@ -727,8 +727,8 @@ <constant name="TYPE_VALUE" value="0" enum="TrackType"> Value tracks set values in node properties, but only those which can be Interpolated. </constant> - <constant name="TYPE_TRANSFORM" value="1" enum="TrackType"> - Transform tracks are used to change node local transforms or skeleton pose bones. Transitions are interpolated. + <constant name="TYPE_TRANSFORM3D" value="1" enum="TrackType"> + Transform3D tracks are used to change node local transforms or skeleton pose bones of 3D nodes. Transitions are interpolated. </constant> <constant name="TYPE_METHOD" value="2" enum="TrackType"> Method tracks call functions with given arguments per key. diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml index 3f0843c112..75dae6a48e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="animation" type="StringName" setter="set_animation" getter="get_animation" default="@"""> + <member name="animation" type="StringName" setter="set_animation" getter="get_animation" default="&"""> Animation to use as an output. It is one of the animations provided by [member AnimationTree.anim_player]. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml index 2f0ebd7de6..7f07afecee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="advance_condition" type="StringName" setter="set_advance_condition" getter="get_advance_condition" default="@"""> + <member name="advance_condition" type="StringName" setter="set_advance_condition" getter="get_advance_condition" default="&"""> Turn on auto advance when this condition is set. The provided name will become a boolean parameter on the [AnimationTree] that can be controlled from code (see [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html#controlling-from-code][/url]). For example, if [member AnimationTree.tree_root] is an [AnimationNodeStateMachine] and [member advance_condition] is set to [code]"idle"[/code]: [codeblocks] [gdscript] diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml index eb5335c792..171d65fbe0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml @@ -4,7 +4,27 @@ A time-seeking animation node to be used with [AnimationTree]. </brief_description> <description> - This node can be used to cause a seek command to happen to any sub-children of the graph. After setting the time, this value returns to -1. + This node can be used to cause a seek command to happen to any sub-children of the animation graph. Use this node type to play an [Animation] from the start or a certain playback position inside the [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. After setting the time and changing the animation playback, the seek node automatically goes into sleep mode on the next process frame by setting its [code]seek_position[/code] value to [code]-1.0[/code]. + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + # Play child animation from the start. + animation_tree.set("parameters/Seek/seek_position", 0.0) + # Alternative syntax (same result as above). + animation_tree["parameters/Seek/seek_position"] = 0.0 + + # Play child animation from 12 second timestamp. + animation_tree.set("parameters/Seek/seek_position", 12.0) + # Alternative syntax (same result as above). + animation_tree["parameters/Seek/seek_position"] = 12.0 + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Play child animation from the start. + animationTree.Set("parameters/Seek/seek_position", 0.0); + + // Play child animation from 12 second timestamp. + animationTree.Set("parameters/Seek/seek_position", 12.0); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> <link title="AnimationTree">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml index 2517941133..af7d8d73e8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml @@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_root_motion_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> - Retrieve the motion of the [member root_motion_track] as a [Transform] that can be used elsewhere. If [member root_motion_track] is not a path to a track of type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM], returns an identity transformation. + Retrieve the motion of the [member root_motion_track] as a [Transform3D] that can be used elsewhere. If [member root_motion_track] is not a path to a track of type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM3D], returns an identity transformation. </description> </method> <method name="rename_parameter"> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ </member> <member name="root_motion_track" type="NodePath" setter="set_root_motion_track" getter="get_root_motion_track" default="NodePath("")"> The path to the Animation track used for root motion. Paths must be valid scene-tree paths to a node, and must be specified starting from the parent node of the node that will reproduce the animation. To specify a track that controls properties or bones, append its name after the path, separated by [code]":"[/code]. For example, [code]"character/skeleton:ankle"[/code] or [code]"character/mesh:transform/local"[/code]. - If the track has type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM], the transformation will be cancelled visually, and the animation will appear to stay in place. + If the track has type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM3D], the transformation will be cancelled visually, and the animation will appear to stay in place. </member> <member name="tree_root" type="AnimationNode" setter="set_tree_root" getter="get_tree_root"> The root animation node of this [AnimationTree]. See [AnimationNode]. diff --git a/doc/classes/Area2D.xml b/doc/classes/Area2D.xml index 9711a2a35b..96333988f8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area2D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Area2D" inherits="CollisionObject2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - 2D area for detection and 2D physics influence. + 2D area for detection and physics and audio influence. </brief_description> <description> - 2D area that detects [CollisionObject2D] nodes overlapping, entering, or exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, damping). + 2D area that detects [CollisionObject2D] nodes overlapping, entering, or exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, damping) and route audio to a custom audio bus. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Using Area2D">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/using_area_2d.html</link> @@ -13,24 +13,6 @@ <link title="2D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/120</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns an individual bit on the layer mask. Describes whether other areas will collide with this one on the given layer. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. Describes whether this area will collide with others on the given layer. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_overlapping_areas" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Area2D[]"> </return> @@ -66,48 +48,20 @@ The [code]body[/code] argument can either be a [PhysicsBody2D] or a [TileMap] instance (while TileMaps are not physics body themselves, they register their tiles with collision shapes as a virtual physics body). </description> </method> - <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Set/clear individual bits on the layer mask. This makes getting an area in/out of only one layer easier. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Set/clear individual bits on the collision mask. This makes selecting the areas scanned easier. - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="angular_damp" type="float" setter="set_angular_damp" getter="get_angular_damp" default="1.0"> The rate at which objects stop spinning in this area. Represents the angular velocity lost per second. See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_angular_damp] for more details about damping. </member> - <member name="audio_bus_name" type="StringName" setter="set_audio_bus_name" getter="get_audio_bus_name" default="@"Master""> + <member name="audio_bus_name" type="StringName" setter="set_audio_bus_name" getter="get_audio_bus_name" default="&"Master""> The name of the area's audio bus. </member> <member name="audio_bus_override" type="bool" setter="set_audio_bus_override" getter="is_overriding_audio_bus" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the area's audio bus overrides the default audio bus. </member> - <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> - The area's physics layer(s). Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See also [member collision_mask]. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> - The physics layers this area scans to determine collision detection. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> - <member name="gravity" type="float" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="98.0"> - The area's gravity intensity (ranges from -1024 to 1024). This value multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity without altering its direction. + <member name="gravity" type="float" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="980.0"> + The area's gravity intensity (in pixels per second squared). This value multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity without altering its direction. </member> <member name="gravity_distance_scale" type="float" setter="set_gravity_distance_scale" getter="get_gravity_distance_scale" default="0.0"> The falloff factor for point gravity. The greater the value, the faster gravity decreases with distance. @@ -153,7 +107,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="area_shape_entered"> - <argument index="0" name="area_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="area_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="area" type="Area2D"> </argument> @@ -170,7 +124,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="area_shape_exited"> - <argument index="0" name="area_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="area_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="area" type="Area2D"> </argument> @@ -203,7 +157,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_entered"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node2D"> </argument> @@ -220,7 +174,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node2D"> </argument> diff --git a/doc/classes/Area3D.xml b/doc/classes/Area3D.xml index 4271769155..a2724f3f23 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area3D.xml @@ -1,34 +1,16 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Area3D" inherits="CollisionObject3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - General-purpose area node for detection and 3D physics influence. + 3D area for detection and physics and audio influence. </brief_description> <description> - 3D area that detects [CollisionObject3D] nodes overlapping, entering, or exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, damping). + 3D area that detects [CollisionObject3D] nodes overlapping, entering, or exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, damping) and route audio to custom audio buses. </description> <tutorials> <link title="3D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/125</link> <link title="GUI in 3D Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/127</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns an individual bit on the layer mask. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_overlapping_areas" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Area3D[]"> </return> @@ -64,48 +46,20 @@ The [code]body[/code] argument can either be a [PhysicsBody3D] or a [GridMap] instance (while GridMaps are not physics body themselves, they register their tiles with collision shapes as a virtual physics body). </description> </method> - <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Set/clear individual bits on the layer mask. This simplifies editing this [Area3D]'s layers. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Set/clear individual bits on the collision mask. This simplifies editing which [Area3D] layers this [Area3D] scans. - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="angular_damp" type="float" setter="set_angular_damp" getter="get_angular_damp" default="0.1"> The rate at which objects stop spinning in this area. Represents the angular velocity lost per second. See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_angular_damp] for more details about damping. </member> - <member name="audio_bus_name" type="StringName" setter="set_audio_bus_name" getter="get_audio_bus_name" default="@"Master""> + <member name="audio_bus_name" type="StringName" setter="set_audio_bus_name" getter="get_audio_bus_name" default="&"Master""> The name of the area's audio bus. </member> <member name="audio_bus_override" type="bool" setter="set_audio_bus_override" getter="is_overriding_audio_bus" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the area's audio bus overrides the default audio bus. </member> - <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> - The area's physics layer(s). Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See also [member collision_mask]. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> - The physics layers this area scans to determine collision detection. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> <member name="gravity" type="float" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="9.8"> - The area's gravity intensity (ranges from -1024 to 1024). This value multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity without altering its direction. + The area's gravity intensity (in meters per second squared). This value multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity without altering its direction. </member> <member name="gravity_distance_scale" type="float" setter="set_gravity_distance_scale" getter="get_gravity_distance_scale" default="0.0"> The falloff factor for point gravity. The greater the value, the faster gravity decreases with distance. @@ -135,7 +89,7 @@ <member name="reverb_bus_enable" type="bool" setter="set_use_reverb_bus" getter="is_using_reverb_bus" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the area applies reverb to its associated audio. </member> - <member name="reverb_bus_name" type="StringName" setter="set_reverb_bus" getter="get_reverb_bus" default="@"Master""> + <member name="reverb_bus_name" type="StringName" setter="set_reverb_bus" getter="get_reverb_bus" default="&"Master""> The reverb bus name to use for this area's associated audio. </member> <member name="reverb_bus_uniformity" type="float" setter="set_reverb_uniformity" getter="get_reverb_uniformity" default="0.0"> @@ -163,7 +117,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="area_shape_entered"> - <argument index="0" name="area_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="area_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="area" type="Area3D"> </argument> @@ -180,7 +134,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="area_shape_exited"> - <argument index="0" name="area_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="area_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="area" type="Area3D"> </argument> @@ -213,7 +167,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_entered"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node3D"> </argument> @@ -230,7 +184,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node3D"> </argument> diff --git a/doc/classes/Array.xml b/doc/classes/Array.xml index 729ec7ad52..543ec096c7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Array.xml @@ -237,6 +237,45 @@ [b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the removed element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because all elements placed after the removed element have to be reindexed. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements: + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var array = [] + array.resize(10) + array.fill(0) # Initialize the 10 elements to 0. + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var array = new Godot.Collections.Array{}; + array.Resize(10); + array.Fill(0); // Initialize the 10 elements to 0. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + </description> + </method> + <method name="filter" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="method" type="Callable"> + </argument> + <description> + Calls the provided [Callable] on each element in the array and returns a new array with the elements for which the method returned [code]true[/code]. + The callable's method should take one [Variant] parameter (the current array element) and return a boolean value. + [codeblock] + func _ready(): + print([1, 2, 3].filter(remove_1)) # Prints [2, 3]. + print([1, 2, 3].filter(func(number): return number != 1)) # Same as above, but using lambda function. + + func remove_1(number): + return number != 1 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> <method name="find" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -328,18 +367,29 @@ [b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the inserted element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because all elements placed after the newly inserted element have to be reindexed. </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array is empty. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="method" type="Callable"> + </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array is empty. + Calls the provided [Callable] for each element in the array and returns a new array filled with values returned by the method. + The callable's method should take one [Variant] parameter (the current array element) and can return any [Variant]. + [codeblock] + func _ready(): + print([1, 2, 3].map(negate)) # Prints [-1, -2, -3]. + print([1, 2, 3].map(func(number): return -number)) # Same as above, but using lambda function. + + func negate(number): + return -number + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="max" qualifiers="const"> @@ -454,6 +504,26 @@ [b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method is much slower than [method push_back] as it will reindex all the array's elements every time it's called. The larger the array, the slower [method push_front] will be. </description> </method> + <method name="reduce" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="method" type="Callable"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="accum" type="Variant" default="null"> + </argument> + <description> + Calls the provided [Callable] for each element in array and accumulates the result in [code]accum[/code]. + The callable's method takes two arguments: the current value of [code]accum[/code] and the current array element. If [code]accum[/code] is [code]null[/code] (default value), the iteration will start from the second element, with the first one used as initial value of [code]accum[/code]. + [codeblock] + func _ready(): + print([1, 2, 3].reduce(sum, 10)) # Prints 16. + print([1, 2, 3].reduce(func(accum, number): return accum + number, 10)) # Same as above, but using lambda function. + + func sum(accum, number): + return accum + number + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> <method name="remove"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -474,6 +544,13 @@ Resizes the array to contain a different number of elements. If the array size is smaller, elements are cleared, if bigger, new elements are [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="rfind" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -538,7 +615,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="func" type="Callable"> </argument> <description> - Sorts the array using a custom method. The custom method receives two arguments (a pair of elements from the array) and must return either [code]true[/code] or [code]false[/code]. + Sorts the array using a custom method. The custom method receives two arguments (a pair of elements from the array) and must return either [code]true[/code] or [code]false[/code]. For two elements [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code], if the given method returns [code]true[/code], element [code]b[/code] will be after element [code]a[/code] in the array. [b]Note:[/b] you cannot randomize the return value as the heapsort algorithm expects a deterministic result. Doing so will result in unexpected behavior. [codeblocks] [gdscript] diff --git a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml index e2c4ed1430..7826932179 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ <method name="lightmap_unwrap"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="texel_size" type="float"> </argument> @@ -128,6 +128,16 @@ Will regenerate normal maps for the [ArrayMesh]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_blend_shape_name"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="surface_find_by_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml index 3117978d8a..4e924bcb65 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <member name="release_ms" type="float" setter="set_release_ms" getter="get_release_ms" default="250.0"> Compressor's delay time to stop reducing the signal after the signal level falls below the threshold, in milliseconds. Value can range from 20 to 2000. </member> - <member name="sidechain" type="StringName" setter="set_sidechain" getter="get_sidechain" default="@"""> + <member name="sidechain" type="StringName" setter="set_sidechain" getter="get_sidechain" default="&"""> Reduce the sound level using another audio bus for threshold detection. </member> <member name="threshold" type="float" setter="set_threshold" getter="get_threshold" default="0.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml index afe364de63..917556fded 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="fft_size" type="int" setter="set_fft_size" getter="get_fft_size" enum="AudioEffectPitchShift.FFT_Size" default="3"> + <member name="fft_size" type="int" setter="set_fft_size" getter="get_fft_size" enum="AudioEffectPitchShift.FFTSize" default="3"> </member> <member name="oversampling" type="int" setter="set_oversampling" getter="get_oversampling" default="4"> </member> @@ -21,18 +21,18 @@ </member> </members> <constants> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_256" value="0" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_256" value="0" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_512" value="1" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_512" value="1" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_1024" value="2" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_1024" value="2" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_2048" value="3" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_2048" value="3" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_4096" value="4" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_4096" value="4" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_MAX" value="5" enum="FFT_Size"> - Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum. + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_MAX" value="5" enum="FFTSize"> + Represents the size of the [enum FFTSize] enum. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml index 4c08b18f1d..79a8932e25 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml @@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ <members> <member name="buffer_length" type="float" setter="set_buffer_length" getter="get_buffer_length" default="2.0"> </member> - <member name="fft_size" type="int" setter="set_fft_size" getter="get_fft_size" enum="AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.FFT_Size" default="2"> + <member name="fft_size" type="int" setter="set_fft_size" getter="get_fft_size" enum="AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.FFTSize" default="2"> </member> <member name="tap_back_pos" type="float" setter="set_tap_back_pos" getter="get_tap_back_pos" default="0.01"> </member> </members> <constants> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_256" value="0" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_256" value="0" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_512" value="1" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_512" value="1" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_1024" value="2" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_1024" value="2" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_2048" value="3" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_2048" value="3" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_4096" value="4" enum="FFT_Size"> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_4096" value="4" enum="FFTSize"> </constant> - <constant name="FFT_SIZE_MAX" value="5" enum="FFT_Size"> - Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum. + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_MAX" value="5" enum="FFTSize"> + Represents the size of the [enum FFTSize] enum. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml index 55190c5f9f..7c7f7e0cea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Plays an audio stream non-positionally. + To play audio positionally, use [AudioStreamPlayer2D] or [AudioStreamPlayer3D] instead of [AudioStreamPlayer]. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Audio streams">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ <member name="autoplay" type="bool" setter="set_autoplay" getter="is_autoplay_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], audio plays when added to scene tree. </member> - <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="@"Master""> + <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="&"Master""> Bus on which this audio is playing. </member> <member name="mix_target" type="int" setter="set_mix_target" getter="get_mix_target" enum="AudioStreamPlayer.MixTarget" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml index d8b9385736..b1e18ab550 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AudioStreamPlayer2D" inherits="Node2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Plays audio in 2D. + Plays positional sound in 2D space. </brief_description> <description> Plays audio that dampens with distance from screen center. + See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally. + [b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer2D] node does not disable its audio output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer2D]'s audio output, set [member volume_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't audible to human hearing). </description> <tutorials> <link title="Audio streams">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> @@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ <member name="autoplay" type="bool" setter="set_autoplay" getter="is_autoplay_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], audio plays when added to scene tree. </member> - <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="@"Master""> + <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="&"Master""> Bus on which this audio is playing. </member> <member name="max_distance" type="float" setter="set_max_distance" getter="get_max_distance" default="2000.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml index 7a8c4b2cc7..3bd20b4b9b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AudioStreamPlayer3D" inherits="Node3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Plays 3D sound in 3D space. + Plays positional sound in 3D space. </brief_description> <description> Plays a sound effect with directed sound effects, dampens with distance if needed, generates effect of hearable position in space. For greater realism, a low-pass filter is automatically applied to distant sounds. This can be disabled by setting [member attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz] to [code]20500[/code]. By default, audio is heard from the camera position. This can be changed by adding a [Listener3D] node to the scene and enabling it by calling [method Listener3D.make_current] on it. + See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally. + [b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer3D] node does not disable its audio output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s audio output, set [member unit_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't audible to human hearing). </description> <tutorials> <link title="Audio streams">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> @@ -67,7 +69,7 @@ <member name="autoplay" type="bool" setter="set_autoplay" getter="is_autoplay_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], audio plays when the AudioStreamPlayer3D node is added to scene tree. </member> - <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="@"Master""> + <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="&"Master""> The bus on which this audio is playing. </member> <member name="doppler_tracking" type="int" setter="set_doppler_tracking" getter="get_doppler_tracking" enum="AudioStreamPlayer3D.DopplerTracking" default="0"> @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ <member name="unit_db" type="float" setter="set_unit_db" getter="get_unit_db" default="0.0"> The base sound level unaffected by dampening, in decibels. </member> - <member name="unit_size" type="float" setter="set_unit_size" getter="get_unit_size" default="1.0"> + <member name="unit_size" type="float" setter="set_unit_size" getter="get_unit_size" default="10.0"> The factor for the attenuation effect. Higher values make the sound audible over a larger distance. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml index c87398ac8f..49edb4c691 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml @@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ </member> <member name="clearcoat_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_feature" getter="get_feature" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], clearcoat rendering is enabled. Adds a secondary transparent pass to the lighting calculation resulting in an added specular blob. This makes materials appear as if they have a clear layer on them that can be either glossy or rough. + [b]Note:[/b] Clearcoat rendering is not visible if the material's [member shading_mode] is [constant SHADING_MODE_UNSHADED]. </member> <member name="clearcoat_gloss" type="float" setter="set_clearcoat_gloss" getter="get_clearcoat_gloss" default="0.5"> Sets the roughness of the clearcoat pass. A higher value results in a smoother clearcoat while a lower value results in a rougher clearcoat. @@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ The emitted light's color. See [member emission_enabled]. </member> <member name="emission_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_feature" getter="get_feature" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the body emits light. Emitting light makes the object appear brighter. The object can also cast light on other objects if a [GIProbe] is used and this object is used in baked lighting. + If [code]true[/code], the body emits light. Emitting light makes the object appear brighter. The object can also cast light on other objects if a [VoxelGI] is used and this object is used in baked lighting. </member> <member name="emission_energy" type="float" setter="set_emission_energy" getter="get_emission_energy" default="1.0"> The emitted light's strength. See [member emission_enabled]. @@ -304,6 +305,7 @@ </member> <member name="rim_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_feature" getter="get_feature" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], rim effect is enabled. Rim lighting increases the brightness at glancing angles on an object. + [b]Note:[/b] Rim lighting is not visible if the material's [member shading_mode] is [constant SHADING_MODE_UNSHADED]. </member> <member name="rim_texture" type="Texture2D" setter="set_texture" getter="get_texture"> Texture used to set the strength of the rim lighting effect per-pixel. Multiplied by [member rim]. @@ -362,6 +364,8 @@ <member name="transparency" type="int" setter="set_transparency" getter="get_transparency" enum="BaseMaterial3D.Transparency" default="0"> If [code]true[/code], transparency is enabled on the body. See also [member blend_mode]. </member> + <member name="use_particle_trails" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> + </member> <member name="use_point_size" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], render point size can be changed. [b]Note:[/b] this is only effective for objects whose geometry is point-based rather than triangle-based. See also [member point_size]. @@ -653,7 +657,9 @@ <constant name="FLAG_SUBSURFACE_MODE_SKIN" value="18" enum="Flags"> Enables the skin mode for subsurface scattering which is used to improve the look of subsurface scattering when used for human skin. </constant> - <constant name="FLAG_MAX" value="19" enum="Flags"> + <constant name="FLAG_PARTICLE_TRAILS_MODE" value="19" enum="Flags"> + </constant> + <constant name="FLAG_MAX" value="20" enum="Flags"> Represents the size of the [enum Flags] enum. </constant> <constant name="DIFFUSE_BURLEY" value="0" enum="DiffuseMode"> @@ -665,10 +671,7 @@ <constant name="DIFFUSE_LAMBERT_WRAP" value="2" enum="DiffuseMode"> Extends Lambert to cover more than 90 degrees when roughness increases. </constant> - <constant name="DIFFUSE_OREN_NAYAR" value="3" enum="DiffuseMode"> - Attempts to use roughness to emulate microsurfacing. - </constant> - <constant name="DIFFUSE_TOON" value="4" enum="DiffuseMode"> + <constant name="DIFFUSE_TOON" value="3" enum="DiffuseMode"> Uses a hard cut for lighting, with smoothing affected by roughness. </constant> <constant name="SPECULAR_SCHLICK_GGX" value="0" enum="SpecularMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Basis.xml b/doc/classes/Basis.xml index 55ae58ee3a..14fca04672 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Basis.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Basis.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ 3×3 matrix datatype. </brief_description> <description> - 3×3 matrix used for 3D rotation and scale. Almost always used as an orthogonal basis for a Transform. + 3×3 matrix used for 3D rotation and scale. Almost always used as an orthogonal basis for a [Transform3D]. Contains 3 vector fields X, Y and Z as its columns, which are typically interpreted as the local basis vectors of a transformation. For such use, it is composed of a scaling and a rotation matrix, in that order (M = R.S). Can also be accessed as array of 3D vectors. These vectors are normally orthogonal to each other, but are not necessarily normalized (due to scaling). For more information, read the "Matrices and transforms" documentation article. @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ </argument> <description> Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix from the given Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: when *composing*, first Y, then X, and Z last), given in the vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle). - Consider using the [Quat] constructor instead, which uses a quaternion instead of Euler angles. + Consider using the [Quaternion] constructor instead, which uses a quaternion instead of Euler angles. </description> </method> <method name="Basis" qualifiers="constructor"> <return type="Basis"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="from" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix from the given quaternion. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ </return> <description> Returns the basis's rotation in the form of Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last). The returned vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle). - Consider using the [method get_rotation_quat] method instead, which returns a [Quat] quaternion instead of Euler angles. + Consider using the [method get_rotation_quaternion] method instead, which returns a [Quaternion] quaternion instead of Euler angles. </description> </method> <method name="get_orthogonal_index" qualifiers="const"> @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ This function considers a discretization of rotations into 24 points on unit sphere, lying along the vectors (x,y,z) with each component being either -1, 0, or 1, and returns the index of the point best representing the orientation of the object. It is mainly used by the [GridMap] editor. For further details, refer to the Godot source code. </description> </method> - <method name="get_rotation_quat" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="get_rotation_quaternion" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <description> Returns the basis's rotation in the form of a quaternion. See [method get_euler] if you need Euler angles, but keep in mind quaternions should generally be preferred to Euler angles. diff --git a/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml b/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml index 910d488dfd..93744ddad7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml @@ -19,6 +19,28 @@ Stores the node's current transforms in [member rest]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_autocalculate_length_and_angle" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns whether this [code]Bone2D[/code] node is going to autocalculate its length and bone angle using its first [code]Bone2D[/code] child node, if one exists. If there are no [code]Bone2D[/code] children, then it cannot autocalculate these values and will print a warning. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_bone_angle" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the angle of the bone in the [code]Bone2D[/code] node. + [b]Note:[/b] This is different from the [code]Bone2D[/code]'s rotation. The bone angle is the rotation of the bone shown by the [code]Bone2D[/code] gizmo, and because [code]Bone2D[/code] bones are based on positions, this can vary from the actual rotation of the [code]Bone2D[/code] node. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_default_length" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Deprecated. Please use [code]get_length[/code] instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_index_in_skeleton" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -26,6 +48,13 @@ Returns the node's index as part of the entire skeleton. See [Skeleton2D]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_length" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the length of the bone in the [code]Bone2D[/code] node. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_skeleton_rest" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> @@ -33,11 +62,45 @@ Returns the node's [member rest] [code]Transform2D[/code] if it doesn't have a parent, or its rest pose relative to its parent. </description> </method> + <method name="set_autocalculate_length_and_angle"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="auto_calculate" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + When set to [code]true[/code], the [code]Bone2D[/code] node will attempt to automatically calculate the bone angle and length using the first child [code]Bone2D[/code] node, if one exists. If none exist, the [code]Bone2D[/code] cannot automatically calculate these values and will print a warning. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_bone_angle"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the bone angle for the [code]Bone2D[/code] node. This is typically set to the rotation from the [code]Bone2D[/code] node to a child [code]Bone2D[/code] node. + [b]Note:[/b] This is different from the [code]Bone2D[/code]'s rotation. The bone angle is the rotation of the bone shown by the [code]Bone2D[/code] gizmo, and because [code]Bone2D[/code] bones are based on positions, this can vary from the actual rotation of the [code]Bone2D[/code] node. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_default_length"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="default_length" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Deprecated. Please use [code]set_length[/code] instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_length"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="length" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the length of the bone in the [code]Bone2D[/code] node. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="default_length" type="float" setter="set_default_length" getter="get_default_length" default="16.0"> - Length of the bone's representation drawn in the editor's viewport in pixels. - </member> <member name="rest" type="Transform2D" setter="set_rest" getter="get_rest" default="Transform2D( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> Rest transform of the bone. You can reset the node's transforms to this value using [method apply_rest]. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml b/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml index 5aa2d699a8..0b31352611 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml @@ -28,6 +28,15 @@ <members> <member name="resource_local_to_scene" type="bool" setter="set_local_to_scene" getter="is_local_to_scene" override="true" default="true" /> </members> + <signals> + <signal name="pressed"> + <argument index="0" name="button" type="Object"> + </argument> + <description> + Emitted when one of the buttons of the group is pressed. + </description> + </signal> + </signals> <constants> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml b/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml index aa9f99a31e..9e70978db8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ <member name="fract_delta" type="bool" setter="set_fractional_delta" getter="get_fractional_delta" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], results in fractional delta calculation which has a smoother particles display effect. </member> - <member name="gravity" type="Vector2" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector2( 0, 98 )"> + <member name="gravity" type="Vector2" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector2( 0, 980 )"> Gravity applied to every particle. </member> <member name="hue_variation" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Callable.xml b/doc/classes/Callable.xml index 0cfbd0270c..cbab1a8f50 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Callable.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Callable.xml @@ -151,6 +151,22 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if both [Callable]s invoke the same custom target. </description> </method> + <method name="rpc" qualifiers="vararg const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Perform an RPC (Remote Procedure Call). This is used for multiplayer and is normally not available unless the function being called has been marked as [i]RPC[/i]. Calling it on unsupported functions will result in an error. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rpc_id" qualifiers="vararg const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="peer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Perform an RPC (Remote Procedure Call) on a specific peer ID (see multiplayer documentation for reference). This is used for multiplayer and is normally not available unless the function being called has been marked as [i]RPC[/i]. Calling it on unsupported functions will result in an error. + </description> + </method> <method name="unbind" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Callable"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml index 9f1d6d8e31..30f6c2b951 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_camera_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> Gets the camera transform. Subclassed cameras such as [ClippedCamera3D] may provide different transforms than the [Node] transform. diff --git a/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml b/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml index fab11d44cc..031abd0112 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="mid_height" type="float" setter="set_mid_height" getter="get_mid_height" default="1.0"> - Height of the capsule mesh from the center point. + Height of the middle cylindrical part of the capsule (without the hemispherical ends). + [b]Note:[/b] The capsule's total height is equal to [member mid_height] + 2 * [member radius]. </member> <member name="radial_segments" type="int" setter="set_radial_segments" getter="get_radial_segments" default="64"> Number of radial segments on the capsule mesh. diff --git a/doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml b/doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml index 850098f741..7b57dc05f8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The position offset the character will be drawn with (in pixels). </member> <member name="outline" type="bool" setter="set_outline" getter="is_outline" default="false"> - If [code]ture[/code], FX transform is called for outline drawing. Setting this property won't affect drawing. + If [code]true[/code], FX transform is called for outline drawing. Setting this property won't affect drawing. </member> <member name="range" type="Vector2i" setter="set_range" getter="get_range" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> Absolute character range in the string, corresponding to the glyph. Setting this property won't affect drawing. diff --git a/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e6ca073a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="CharacterBody2D" inherits="PhysicsBody2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Character body 2D node. + </brief_description> + <description> + Character bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a rigid body, these are the same as a static body. However, they have two main uses: + [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] Character bodies have an API for moving objects with walls and slopes detection ([method move_and_slide] method), in addition to collision detection (also done with [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide]). This makes them really useful to implement characters that move in specific ways and collide with the world, but don't require advanced physics. + [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Character bodies can also be used for kinematic motion (same functionality as [member StaticBody3D.kinematic_motion] when enabled), which allows them to be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. + </description> + <tutorials> + <link title="Kinematic character (2D)">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> + <link title="Using KinematicBody2D">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/using_kinematic_body_2d.html</link> + <link title="2D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113</link> + <link title="2D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/120</link> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_floor_normal" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the surface normal of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_floor_velocity" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the linear velocity of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_slide_collision"> + <return type="KinematicCollision2D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="slide_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about a collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide]. Since the body can collide several times in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1). + [b]Example usage:[/b] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + for i in get_slide_count(): + var collision = get_slide_collision(i) + print("Collided with: ", collision.collider.name) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + for (int i = 0; i < GetSlideCount(); i++) + { + KinematicCollision2D collision = GetSlideCollision(i); + GD.Print("Collided with: ", (collision.Collider as Node).Name); + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_slide_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the number of times the body collided and changed direction during the last call to [method move_and_slide]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_on_ceiling" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the ceiling on the last call of [method move_and_slide]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_on_floor" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the floor on the last call of [method move_and_slide]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_on_wall" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with a wall on the last call of [method move_and_slide]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_and_slide"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Moves the body based on [member linear_velocity]. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [CharacterBody2D] or [RigidBody2D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. + This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's [code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the simulation will run at an incorrect speed. + Modifies [member linear_velocity] if a slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="collision/safe_margin" type="float" setter="set_safe_margin" getter="get_safe_margin" default="0.08"> + Extra margin used for collision recovery when calling [method move_and_slide]. + If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion. + A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps with consistently detecting walls and floors. + A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of character bodies. + </member> + <member name="floor_max_angle" type="float" setter="set_floor_max_angle" getter="get_floor_max_angle" default="0.785398"> + Maximum angle (in radians) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall, when calling [method move_and_slide]. The default value equals 45 degrees. + </member> + <member name="floor_max_angle_degrees" type="float" setter="set_floor_max_angle_degrees" getter="get_floor_max_angle_degrees" default="45.0"> + Maximum angle (in degrees) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall, when calling [method move_and_slide]. + </member> + <member name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" setter="set_infinite_inertia_enabled" getter="is_infinite_inertia_enabled" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], the body will be able to push [RigidBody2D] nodes when calling [method move_and_slide], but it also won't detect any collisions with them. If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody2D] nodes like with [StaticBody2D]. + </member> + <member name="linear_velocity" type="Vector2" setter="set_linear_velocity" getter="get_linear_velocity" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> + Current velocity vector in pixels per second, used and modified during calls to [method move_and_slide]. + </member> + <member name="max_slides" type="int" setter="set_max_slides" getter="get_max_slides" default="4"> + Maximum number of times the body can change direction before it stops when calling [method move_and_slide]. + </member> + <member name="motion/sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method move_and_slide] or [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide] functions. + </member> + <member name="snap" type="Vector2" setter="set_snap" getter="get_snap" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> + When set to a value different from [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code], the body is kept attached to slopes when calling [method move_and_slide]. + As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] to [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code]. + </member> + <member name="stop_on_slope" type="bool" setter="set_stop_on_slope_enabled" getter="is_stop_on_slope_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body will not slide on slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] when calling [method move_and_slide] and the body is standing still. + </member> + <member name="up_direction" type="Vector2" setter="set_up_direction" getter="get_up_direction" default="Vector2( 0, -1 )"> + Direction vector used to determine what is a wall and what is a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall, when calling [method move_and_slide]. Defaults to [code]Vector2.UP[/code]. If set to [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful for topdown games. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..790edfcad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="CharacterBody3D" inherits="PhysicsBody3D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Character body 3D node. + </brief_description> + <description> + Character bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a rigid body, these are the same as a static body. However, they have two main uses: + [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] Character bodies have an API for moving objects with walls and slopes detection ([method move_and_slide] method), in addition to collision detection (also done with [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide]). This makes them really useful to implement characters that move in specific ways and collide with the world, but don't require advanced physics. + [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Character bodies can also be used for kinematic motion (same functionality as [member StaticBody3D.kinematic_motion] when enabled), which allows them to be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. + </description> + <tutorials> + <link title="Kinematic character (2D)">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> + <link title="3D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/126</link> + <link title="3D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/125</link> + <link title="3D Voxel Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676</link> + <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_floor_normal" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the surface normal of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_floor_velocity" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the linear velocity of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_slide_collision"> + <return type="KinematicCollision3D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="slide_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a [KinematicCollision3D], which contains information about a collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide]. Since the body can collide several times in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_slide_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the number of times the body collided and changed direction during the last call to [method move_and_slide]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_on_ceiling" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the ceiling on the last call of [method move_and_slide]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_on_floor" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the floor on the last call of [method move_and_slide]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_on_wall" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with a wall on the last call of [method move_and_slide]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_and_slide"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Moves the body based on [member linear_velocity]. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [CharacterBody3D] or [RigidBody3D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. + This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's [code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the simulation will run at an incorrect speed. + Modifies [member linear_velocity] if a slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="collision/safe_margin" type="float" setter="set_safe_margin" getter="get_safe_margin" default="0.001"> + Extra margin used for collision recovery when calling [method move_and_slide]. + If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion. + A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps with consistently detecting walls and floors. + A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of character bodies. + </member> + <member name="floor_max_angle" type="float" setter="set_floor_max_angle" getter="get_floor_max_angle" default="0.785398"> + Maximum angle (in radians) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall, when calling [method move_and_slide]. The default value equals 45 degrees. + </member> + <member name="floor_max_angle_degrees" type="float" setter="set_floor_max_angle_degrees" getter="get_floor_max_angle_degrees" default="45.0"> + Maximum angle (in degrees) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall, when calling [method move_and_slide]. + </member> + <member name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" setter="set_infinite_inertia_enabled" getter="is_infinite_inertia_enabled" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], the body will be able to push [RigidBody3D] nodes when calling [method move_and_slide], but it also won't detect any collisions with them. If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody3D] nodes like with [StaticBody3D]. + </member> + <member name="linear_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_linear_velocity" getter="get_linear_velocity" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> + Current velocity vector (typically meters per second), used and modified during calls to [method move_and_slide]. + </member> + <member name="max_slides" type="int" setter="set_max_slides" getter="get_max_slides" default="4"> + Maximum number of times the body can change direction before it stops when calling [method move_and_slide]. + </member> + <member name="snap" type="Vector3" setter="set_snap" getter="get_snap" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> + When set to a value different from [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code], the body is kept attached to slopes when calling [method move_and_slide]. + As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] to [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code]. + </member> + <member name="stop_on_slope" type="bool" setter="set_stop_on_slope_enabled" getter="is_stop_on_slope_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body will not slide on slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] when calling [method move_and_slide] and the body is standing still. + </member> + <member name="up_direction" type="Vector3" setter="set_up_direction" getter="get_up_direction" default="Vector3( 0, 1, 0 )"> + Direction vector used to determine what is a wall and what is a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall, when calling [method move_and_slide]. Defaults to [code]Vector3.UP[/code]. If set to [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful for topdown games. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml index 81795abcdd..4076198df6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml @@ -8,6 +8,91 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="_confirm_code_completion" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="replace" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Override this method to define how the selected entry should be inserted. If [code]replace[/code] is true, any existing text should be replaced. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_filter_code_completion_candidates" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="candidates" type="Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Override this method to define what items in [code]candidates[/code] should be displayed. + Both [code]candidates[/code] and the return is a [Array] of [Dictionary], see [method get_code_completion_option] for [Dictionary] content. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_request_code_completion" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="force" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Override this method to define what happens when the user requests code completion. If [code]force[/code] is true, any checks should be bypassed. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_code_completion_option"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" enum="CodeEdit.CodeCompletionKind"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="display_text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="insert_text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="text_color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="icon" type="Resource" default="null"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="value" type="Variant" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Submits an item to the queue of potential candidates for the autocomplete menu. Call [method update_code_completion_options] to update the list. + [b]Note[/b]: This list will replace all current candidates. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_comment_delimiter"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="start_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="end_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="line_only" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds a comment delimiter. + Both the start and end keys must be symbols. Only the start key has to be unique. + Line only denotes if the region should continue until the end of the line or carry over on to the next line. If the end key is blank this is automatically set to [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_string_delimiter"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="start_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="end_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="line_only" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds a string delimiter. + Both the start and end keys must be symbols. Only the start key has to be unique. + Line only denotes if the region should continue until the end of the line or carry over on to the next line. If the end key is blank this is automatically set to [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="cancel_code_completion"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Cancels the autocomplete menu. + </description> + </method> <method name="clear_bookmarked_lines"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -20,12 +105,35 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="clear_comment_delimiters"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all comment delimiters. + </description> + </method> <method name="clear_executing_lines"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="clear_string_delimiters"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all string delimiters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="confirm_code_completion"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="replace" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + Inserts the selected entry into the text. If [code]replace[/code] is true, any existing text is replaced rather then merged. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_bookmarked_lines" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> @@ -38,12 +146,128 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_code_completion_option" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Gets the completion option at [code]index[/code]. The return [Dictionary] has the following key-values: + [code]kind[/code]: [enum CodeCompletionKind] + [code]display_text[/code]: Text that is shown on the autocomplete menu. + [code]insert_text[/code]: Text that is to be inserted when this item is selected. + [code]font_color[/code]: Color of the text on the autocomplete menu. + [code]icon[/code]: Icon to draw on the autocomplete menu. + [code]default_value[/code]: Value of the symbol. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_code_completion_options" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary[]"> + </return> + <description> + Gets all completion options, see [method get_code_completion_option] for return content. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_code_completion_selected_index" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Gets the index of the current selected completion option. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_delimiter_end_key" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="delimiter_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Gets the end key for a string or comment region index. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_delimiter_end_postion" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]line[/code] [code]column[/code] is in a string or comment, returns the end position of the region. If not or no end could be found, both [Vector2] values will be [code]-1[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_delimiter_start_key" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="delimiter_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Gets the start key for a string or comment region index. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_delimiter_start_postion" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]line[/code] [code]column[/code] is in a string or comment, returns the start position of the region. If not or no start could be found, both [Vector2] values will be [code]-1[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_executing_lines" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_text_for_code_completion" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the full text with char [code]0xFFFF[/code] at the caret location. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_comment_delimiter" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="start_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if comment [code]start_key[/code] exists. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_string_delimiter" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="start_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if string [code]start_key[/code] exists. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_in_comment" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="column" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + Return delimiter index if [code]line[/code] [code]column[/code] is in a comment. If [code]column[/code] is not provided, will return delimiter index if the entire [code]line[/code] is a comment. Otherwise [code]-1[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_in_string" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="column" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + Return the delimiter index if [code]line[/code] [code]column[/code] is in a string. If [code]column[/code] is not provided, will return the delimiter index if the entire [code]line[/code] is a string. Otherwise [code]-1[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_line_bookmarked" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -68,6 +292,60 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="remove_comment_delimiter"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="start_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes the comment delimiter with [code]start_key[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_string_delimiter"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="start_key" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes the string delimiter with [code]start_key[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="request_code_completion"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="force" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + Emits [signal request_code_completion], if [code]force[/code] is true will bypass all checks. Otherwise will check that the caret is in a word or in front of a prefix. Will ignore the request if all current options are of type file path, node path or signal. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_code_completion_selected_index"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the current selected completion option. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_code_hint"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="code_hint" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the code hint text. Pass an empty string to clear. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_code_hint_draw_below"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="draw_below" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets if the code hint should draw below the text. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_line_as_bookmarked"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -98,8 +376,30 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="update_code_completion_options"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="force" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Submits all completion options added with [method add_code_completion_option]. Will try to force the autoccomplete menu to popup, if [code]force[/code] is [code]true[/code]. + [b]Note[/b]: This will replace all current candidates. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="code_completion_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_code_completion_enabled" getter="is_code_completion_enabled" default="false"> + Sets whether code completion is allowed. + </member> + <member name="code_completion_prefixes" type="String[]" setter="set_code_completion_prefixes" getter="get_code_comletion_prefixes" default="[ ]"> + Sets prefixes that will trigger code completion. + </member> + <member name="delimiter_comments" type="String[]" setter="set_comment_delimiters" getter="get_comment_delimiters" default="[ ]"> + Sets the comment delimiters. All existing comment delimiters will be removed. + </member> + <member name="delimiter_strings" type="String[]" setter="set_string_delimiters" getter="get_string_delimiters" default="[ ]"> + Sets the string delimiters. All existing string delimiters will be removed. + </member> <member name="draw_bookmarks" type="bool" setter="set_draw_bookmarks_gutter" getter="is_drawing_bookmarks_gutter" default="false"> </member> <member name="draw_breakpoints_gutter" type="bool" setter="set_draw_breakpoints_gutter" getter="is_drawing_breakpoints_gutter" default="false"> @@ -123,8 +423,33 @@ <description> </description> </signal> + <signal name="request_code_completion"> + <description> + Emitted when the user requests code completion. + </description> + </signal> </signals> <constants> + <constant name="KIND_CLASS" value="0" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_FUNCTION" value="1" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_SIGNAL" value="2" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_VARIABLE" value="3" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_MEMBER" value="4" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_ENUM" value="5" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_CONSTANT" value="6" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_NODE_PATH" value="7" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_FILE_PATH" value="8" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> + <constant name="KIND_PLAIN_TEXT" value="9" enum="CodeCompletionKind"> + </constant> </constants> <theme_items> <theme_item name="background_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> @@ -193,8 +518,6 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="line_spacing" type="int" default="4"> </theme_item> - <theme_item name="mark_color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 0.4, 0.4, 0.4 )"> - </theme_item> <theme_item name="normal" type="StyleBox"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml index e8f7a59e4c..7c4c75bf0f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml @@ -31,6 +31,24 @@ Creates a new shape owner for the given object. Returns [code]owner_id[/code] of the new owner for future reference. </description> </method> + <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member collision_layer] is set. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member collision_mask] is set. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID"> </return> @@ -81,6 +99,30 @@ Removes the given shape owner. </description> </method> + <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]value[/value] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_layer]. + If [code]value[/value] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_layer]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]value[/value] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_mask]. + If [code]value[/value] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_mask]. + </description> + </method> <method name="shape_find_owner" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -216,6 +258,14 @@ </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> + The physics layers this CollisionObject2D is in. Collision objects can exist in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask]. + [b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. + </member> + <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> + The physics layers this CollisionObject2D scans. Collision objects can scan one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer]. + [b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. + </member> <member name="input_pickable" type="bool" setter="set_pickable" getter="is_pickable" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], this object is pickable. A pickable object can detect the mouse pointer entering/leaving, and if the mouse is inside it, report input events. Requires at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml index f8e897653d..4ab37f5c7b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml @@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="click_position" type="Vector3"> + <argument index="2" name="position" type="Vector3"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="click_normal" type="Vector3"> + <argument index="3" name="normal" type="Vector3"> </argument> <argument index="4" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Accepts unhandled [InputEvent]s. [code]click_position[/code] is the clicked location in world space and [code]click_normal[/code] is the normal vector extending from the clicked surface of the [Shape3D] at [code]shape_idx[/code]. Connect to the [code]input_event[/code] signal to easily pick up these events. + Receives unhandled [InputEvent]s. [code]position[/code] is the location in world space of the mouse pointer on the surface of the shape with index [code]shape_idx[/code] and [code]normal[/code] is the normal vector of the surface at that point. Connect to the [signal input_event] signal to easily pick up these events. </description> </method> <method name="create_shape_owner"> @@ -35,6 +35,24 @@ Creates a new shape owner for the given object. Returns [code]owner_id[/code] of the new owner for future reference. </description> </method> + <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member collision_layer] is set. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member collision_mask] is set. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID"> </return> @@ -67,6 +85,30 @@ Removes the given shape owner. </description> </method> + <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]value[/value] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_layer]. + If [code]value[/value] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_layer]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]value[/value] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_mask]. + If [code]value[/value] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/code] in the the [member collision_mask]. + </description> + </method> <method name="shape_find_owner" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -137,12 +179,12 @@ </description> </method> <method name="shape_owner_get_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="owner_id" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the shape owner's [Transform]. + Returns the shape owner's [Transform3D]. </description> </method> <method name="shape_owner_remove_shape"> @@ -172,14 +214,22 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="owner_id" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Transform] of the given shape owner. + Sets the [Transform3D] of the given shape owner. </description> </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> + The physics layers this CollisionObject3D is in. Collision objects can exist in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask]. + [b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. + </member> + <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> + The physics layers this CollisionObject3D scans. Collision objects can scan one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer]. + [b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. + </member> <member name="input_capture_on_drag" type="bool" setter="set_capture_input_on_drag" getter="get_capture_input_on_drag" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the [CollisionObject3D] will continue to receive input events as the mouse is dragged across its shapes. </member> @@ -193,14 +243,14 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="click_position" type="Vector3"> + <argument index="2" name="position" type="Vector3"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="click_normal" type="Vector3"> + <argument index="3" name="normal" type="Vector3"> </argument> <argument index="4" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Emitted when [method _input_event] receives an event. See its description for details. + Emitted when the object receives an unhandled [InputEvent]. [code]position[/code] is the location in world space of the mouse pointer on the surface of the shape with index [code]shape_idx[/code] and [code]normal[/code] is the normal vector of the surface at that point. </description> </signal> <signal name="mouse_entered"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Color.xml b/doc/classes/Color.xml index c33d007735..ddff92e6fc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Color.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Color.xml @@ -136,6 +136,17 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> + <method name="clamp" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="min" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="max" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a new color with all components clamped between the components of [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code], by running [method @GlobalScope.clamp] on each component. + </description> + </method> <method name="darkened" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> @@ -269,7 +280,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the linear interpolation with another color. The interpolation factor [code]t[/code] is between 0 and 1. + Returns the linear interpolation with another color. The interpolation factor [code]weight[/code] is between 0 and 1. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var c1 = Color(1.0, 0.0, 0.0) @@ -564,442 +575,442 @@ </member> </members> <constants> - <constant name="aliceblue" value="Color( 0.94, 0.97, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="ALICE_BLUE" value="Color( 0.94, 0.97, 1, 1 )"> Alice blue color. </constant> - <constant name="antiquewhite" value="Color( 0.98, 0.92, 0.84, 1 )"> + <constant name="ANTIQUE_WHITE" value="Color( 0.98, 0.92, 0.84, 1 )"> Antique white color. </constant> - <constant name="aqua" value="Color( 0, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="AQUA" value="Color( 0, 1, 1, 1 )"> Aqua color. </constant> - <constant name="aquamarine" value="Color( 0.5, 1, 0.83, 1 )"> + <constant name="AQUAMARINE" value="Color( 0.5, 1, 0.83, 1 )"> Aquamarine color. </constant> - <constant name="azure" value="Color( 0.94, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="AZURE" value="Color( 0.94, 1, 1, 1 )"> Azure color. </constant> - <constant name="beige" value="Color( 0.96, 0.96, 0.86, 1 )"> + <constant name="BEIGE" value="Color( 0.96, 0.96, 0.86, 1 )"> Beige color. </constant> - <constant name="bisque" value="Color( 1, 0.89, 0.77, 1 )"> + <constant name="BISQUE" value="Color( 1, 0.89, 0.77, 1 )"> Bisque color. </constant> - <constant name="black" value="Color( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="BLACK" value="Color( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> Black color. </constant> - <constant name="blanchedalmond" value="Color( 1, 0.92, 0.8, 1 )"> - Blanche almond color. + <constant name="BLANCHED_ALMOND" value="Color( 1, 0.92, 0.8, 1 )"> + Blanched almond color. </constant> - <constant name="blue" value="Color( 0, 0, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="BLUE" value="Color( 0, 0, 1, 1 )"> Blue color. </constant> - <constant name="blueviolet" value="Color( 0.54, 0.17, 0.89, 1 )"> + <constant name="BLUE_VIOLET" value="Color( 0.54, 0.17, 0.89, 1 )"> Blue violet color. </constant> - <constant name="brown" value="Color( 0.65, 0.16, 0.16, 1 )"> + <constant name="BROWN" value="Color( 0.65, 0.16, 0.16, 1 )"> Brown color. </constant> - <constant name="burlywood" value="Color( 0.87, 0.72, 0.53, 1 )"> - Burly wood color. + <constant name="BURLYWOOD" value="Color( 0.87, 0.72, 0.53, 1 )"> + Burlywood color. </constant> - <constant name="cadetblue" value="Color( 0.37, 0.62, 0.63, 1 )"> + <constant name="CADET_BLUE" value="Color( 0.37, 0.62, 0.63, 1 )"> Cadet blue color. </constant> - <constant name="chartreuse" value="Color( 0.5, 1, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="CHARTREUSE" value="Color( 0.5, 1, 0, 1 )"> Chartreuse color. </constant> - <constant name="chocolate" value="Color( 0.82, 0.41, 0.12, 1 )"> + <constant name="CHOCOLATE" value="Color( 0.82, 0.41, 0.12, 1 )"> Chocolate color. </constant> - <constant name="coral" value="Color( 1, 0.5, 0.31, 1 )"> + <constant name="CORAL" value="Color( 1, 0.5, 0.31, 1 )"> Coral color. </constant> - <constant name="cornflower" value="Color( 0.39, 0.58, 0.93, 1 )"> - Cornflower color. + <constant name="CORNFLOWER_BLUE" value="Color( 0.39, 0.58, 0.93, 1 )"> + Cornflower blue color. </constant> - <constant name="cornsilk" value="Color( 1, 0.97, 0.86, 1 )"> - Corn silk color. + <constant name="CORNSILK" value="Color( 1, 0.97, 0.86, 1 )"> + Cornsilk color. </constant> - <constant name="crimson" value="Color( 0.86, 0.08, 0.24, 1 )"> + <constant name="CRIMSON" value="Color( 0.86, 0.08, 0.24, 1 )"> Crimson color. </constant> - <constant name="cyan" value="Color( 0, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="CYAN" value="Color( 0, 1, 1, 1 )"> Cyan color. </constant> - <constant name="darkblue" value="Color( 0, 0, 0.55, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_BLUE" value="Color( 0, 0, 0.55, 1 )"> Dark blue color. </constant> - <constant name="darkcyan" value="Color( 0, 0.55, 0.55, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_CYAN" value="Color( 0, 0.55, 0.55, 1 )"> Dark cyan color. </constant> - <constant name="darkgoldenrod" value="Color( 0.72, 0.53, 0.04, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_GOLDENROD" value="Color( 0.72, 0.53, 0.04, 1 )"> Dark goldenrod color. </constant> - <constant name="darkgray" value="Color( 0.66, 0.66, 0.66, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_GRAY" value="Color( 0.66, 0.66, 0.66, 1 )"> Dark gray color. </constant> - <constant name="darkgreen" value="Color( 0, 0.39, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_GREEN" value="Color( 0, 0.39, 0, 1 )"> Dark green color. </constant> - <constant name="darkkhaki" value="Color( 0.74, 0.72, 0.42, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_KHAKI" value="Color( 0.74, 0.72, 0.42, 1 )"> Dark khaki color. </constant> - <constant name="darkmagenta" value="Color( 0.55, 0, 0.55, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_MAGENTA" value="Color( 0.55, 0, 0.55, 1 )"> Dark magenta color. </constant> - <constant name="darkolivegreen" value="Color( 0.33, 0.42, 0.18, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_OLIVE_GREEN" value="Color( 0.33, 0.42, 0.18, 1 )"> Dark olive green color. </constant> - <constant name="darkorange" value="Color( 1, 0.55, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_ORANGE" value="Color( 1, 0.55, 0, 1 )"> Dark orange color. </constant> - <constant name="darkorchid" value="Color( 0.6, 0.2, 0.8, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_ORCHID" value="Color( 0.6, 0.2, 0.8, 1 )"> Dark orchid color. </constant> - <constant name="darkred" value="Color( 0.55, 0, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_RED" value="Color( 0.55, 0, 0, 1 )"> Dark red color. </constant> - <constant name="darksalmon" value="Color( 0.91, 0.59, 0.48, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_SALMON" value="Color( 0.91, 0.59, 0.48, 1 )"> Dark salmon color. </constant> - <constant name="darkseagreen" value="Color( 0.56, 0.74, 0.56, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_SEA_GREEN" value="Color( 0.56, 0.74, 0.56, 1 )"> Dark sea green color. </constant> - <constant name="darkslateblue" value="Color( 0.28, 0.24, 0.55, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_SLATE_BLUE" value="Color( 0.28, 0.24, 0.55, 1 )"> Dark slate blue color. </constant> - <constant name="darkslategray" value="Color( 0.18, 0.31, 0.31, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_SLATE_GRAY" value="Color( 0.18, 0.31, 0.31, 1 )"> Dark slate gray color. </constant> - <constant name="darkturquoise" value="Color( 0, 0.81, 0.82, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_TURQUOISE" value="Color( 0, 0.81, 0.82, 1 )"> Dark turquoise color. </constant> - <constant name="darkviolet" value="Color( 0.58, 0, 0.83, 1 )"> + <constant name="DARK_VIOLET" value="Color( 0.58, 0, 0.83, 1 )"> Dark violet color. </constant> - <constant name="deeppink" value="Color( 1, 0.08, 0.58, 1 )"> + <constant name="DEEP_PINK" value="Color( 1, 0.08, 0.58, 1 )"> Deep pink color. </constant> - <constant name="deepskyblue" value="Color( 0, 0.75, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="DEEP_SKY_BLUE" value="Color( 0, 0.75, 1, 1 )"> Deep sky blue color. </constant> - <constant name="dimgray" value="Color( 0.41, 0.41, 0.41, 1 )"> + <constant name="DIM_GRAY" value="Color( 0.41, 0.41, 0.41, 1 )"> Dim gray color. </constant> - <constant name="dodgerblue" value="Color( 0.12, 0.56, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="DODGER_BLUE" value="Color( 0.12, 0.56, 1, 1 )"> Dodger blue color. </constant> - <constant name="firebrick" value="Color( 0.7, 0.13, 0.13, 1 )"> + <constant name="FIREBRICK" value="Color( 0.7, 0.13, 0.13, 1 )"> Firebrick color. </constant> - <constant name="floralwhite" value="Color( 1, 0.98, 0.94, 1 )"> + <constant name="FLORAL_WHITE" value="Color( 1, 0.98, 0.94, 1 )"> Floral white color. </constant> - <constant name="forestgreen" value="Color( 0.13, 0.55, 0.13, 1 )"> + <constant name="FOREST_GREEN" value="Color( 0.13, 0.55, 0.13, 1 )"> Forest green color. </constant> - <constant name="fuchsia" value="Color( 1, 0, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="FUCHSIA" value="Color( 1, 0, 1, 1 )"> Fuchsia color. </constant> - <constant name="gainsboro" value="Color( 0.86, 0.86, 0.86, 1 )"> + <constant name="GAINSBORO" value="Color( 0.86, 0.86, 0.86, 1 )"> Gainsboro color. </constant> - <constant name="ghostwhite" value="Color( 0.97, 0.97, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="GHOST_WHITE" value="Color( 0.97, 0.97, 1, 1 )"> Ghost white color. </constant> - <constant name="gold" value="Color( 1, 0.84, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="GOLD" value="Color( 1, 0.84, 0, 1 )"> Gold color. </constant> - <constant name="goldenrod" value="Color( 0.85, 0.65, 0.13, 1 )"> + <constant name="GOLDENROD" value="Color( 0.85, 0.65, 0.13, 1 )"> Goldenrod color. </constant> - <constant name="gray" value="Color( 0.75, 0.75, 0.75, 1 )"> + <constant name="GRAY" value="Color( 0.75, 0.75, 0.75, 1 )"> Gray color. </constant> - <constant name="green" value="Color( 0, 1, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="GREEN" value="Color( 0, 1, 0, 1 )"> Green color. </constant> - <constant name="greenyellow" value="Color( 0.68, 1, 0.18, 1 )"> + <constant name="GREEN_YELLOW" value="Color( 0.68, 1, 0.18, 1 )"> Green yellow color. </constant> - <constant name="honeydew" value="Color( 0.94, 1, 0.94, 1 )"> + <constant name="HONEYDEW" value="Color( 0.94, 1, 0.94, 1 )"> Honeydew color. </constant> - <constant name="hotpink" value="Color( 1, 0.41, 0.71, 1 )"> + <constant name="HOT_PINK" value="Color( 1, 0.41, 0.71, 1 )"> Hot pink color. </constant> - <constant name="indianred" value="Color( 0.8, 0.36, 0.36, 1 )"> + <constant name="INDIAN_RED" value="Color( 0.8, 0.36, 0.36, 1 )"> Indian red color. </constant> - <constant name="indigo" value="Color( 0.29, 0, 0.51, 1 )"> + <constant name="INDIGO" value="Color( 0.29, 0, 0.51, 1 )"> Indigo color. </constant> - <constant name="ivory" value="Color( 1, 1, 0.94, 1 )"> + <constant name="IVORY" value="Color( 1, 1, 0.94, 1 )"> Ivory color. </constant> - <constant name="khaki" value="Color( 0.94, 0.9, 0.55, 1 )"> + <constant name="KHAKI" value="Color( 0.94, 0.9, 0.55, 1 )"> Khaki color. </constant> - <constant name="lavender" value="Color( 0.9, 0.9, 0.98, 1 )"> + <constant name="LAVENDER" value="Color( 0.9, 0.9, 0.98, 1 )"> Lavender color. </constant> - <constant name="lavenderblush" value="Color( 1, 0.94, 0.96, 1 )"> + <constant name="LAVENDER_BLUSH" value="Color( 1, 0.94, 0.96, 1 )"> Lavender blush color. </constant> - <constant name="lawngreen" value="Color( 0.49, 0.99, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="LAWN_GREEN" value="Color( 0.49, 0.99, 0, 1 )"> Lawn green color. </constant> - <constant name="lemonchiffon" value="Color( 1, 0.98, 0.8, 1 )"> + <constant name="LEMON_CHIFFON" value="Color( 1, 0.98, 0.8, 1 )"> Lemon chiffon color. </constant> - <constant name="lightblue" value="Color( 0.68, 0.85, 0.9, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_BLUE" value="Color( 0.68, 0.85, 0.9, 1 )"> Light blue color. </constant> - <constant name="lightcoral" value="Color( 0.94, 0.5, 0.5, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_CORAL" value="Color( 0.94, 0.5, 0.5, 1 )"> Light coral color. </constant> - <constant name="lightcyan" value="Color( 0.88, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_CYAN" value="Color( 0.88, 1, 1, 1 )"> Light cyan color. </constant> - <constant name="lightgoldenrod" value="Color( 0.98, 0.98, 0.82, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_GOLDENROD" value="Color( 0.98, 0.98, 0.82, 1 )"> Light goldenrod color. </constant> - <constant name="lightgray" value="Color( 0.83, 0.83, 0.83, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_GRAY" value="Color( 0.83, 0.83, 0.83, 1 )"> Light gray color. </constant> - <constant name="lightgreen" value="Color( 0.56, 0.93, 0.56, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_GREEN" value="Color( 0.56, 0.93, 0.56, 1 )"> Light green color. </constant> - <constant name="lightpink" value="Color( 1, 0.71, 0.76, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_PINK" value="Color( 1, 0.71, 0.76, 1 )"> Light pink color. </constant> - <constant name="lightsalmon" value="Color( 1, 0.63, 0.48, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_SALMON" value="Color( 1, 0.63, 0.48, 1 )"> Light salmon color. </constant> - <constant name="lightseagreen" value="Color( 0.13, 0.7, 0.67, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_SEA_GREEN" value="Color( 0.13, 0.7, 0.67, 1 )"> Light sea green color. </constant> - <constant name="lightskyblue" value="Color( 0.53, 0.81, 0.98, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_SKY_BLUE" value="Color( 0.53, 0.81, 0.98, 1 )"> Light sky blue color. </constant> - <constant name="lightslategray" value="Color( 0.47, 0.53, 0.6, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_SLATE_GRAY" value="Color( 0.47, 0.53, 0.6, 1 )"> Light slate gray color. </constant> - <constant name="lightsteelblue" value="Color( 0.69, 0.77, 0.87, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_STEEL_BLUE" value="Color( 0.69, 0.77, 0.87, 1 )"> Light steel blue color. </constant> - <constant name="lightyellow" value="Color( 1, 1, 0.88, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIGHT_YELLOW" value="Color( 1, 1, 0.88, 1 )"> Light yellow color. </constant> - <constant name="lime" value="Color( 0, 1, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIME" value="Color( 0, 1, 0, 1 )"> Lime color. </constant> - <constant name="limegreen" value="Color( 0.2, 0.8, 0.2, 1 )"> + <constant name="LIME_GREEN" value="Color( 0.2, 0.8, 0.2, 1 )"> Lime green color. </constant> - <constant name="linen" value="Color( 0.98, 0.94, 0.9, 1 )"> + <constant name="LINEN" value="Color( 0.98, 0.94, 0.9, 1 )"> Linen color. </constant> - <constant name="magenta" value="Color( 1, 0, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="MAGENTA" value="Color( 1, 0, 1, 1 )"> Magenta color. </constant> - <constant name="maroon" value="Color( 0.69, 0.19, 0.38, 1 )"> + <constant name="MAROON" value="Color( 0.69, 0.19, 0.38, 1 )"> Maroon color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumaquamarine" value="Color( 0.4, 0.8, 0.67, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_AQUAMARINE" value="Color( 0.4, 0.8, 0.67, 1 )"> Medium aquamarine color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumblue" value="Color( 0, 0, 0.8, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_BLUE" value="Color( 0, 0, 0.8, 1 )"> Medium blue color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumorchid" value="Color( 0.73, 0.33, 0.83, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_ORCHID" value="Color( 0.73, 0.33, 0.83, 1 )"> Medium orchid color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumpurple" value="Color( 0.58, 0.44, 0.86, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_PURPLE" value="Color( 0.58, 0.44, 0.86, 1 )"> Medium purple color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumseagreen" value="Color( 0.24, 0.7, 0.44, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_SEA_GREEN" value="Color( 0.24, 0.7, 0.44, 1 )"> Medium sea green color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumslateblue" value="Color( 0.48, 0.41, 0.93, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_SLATE_BLUE" value="Color( 0.48, 0.41, 0.93, 1 )"> Medium slate blue color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumspringgreen" value="Color( 0, 0.98, 0.6, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_SPRING_GREEN" value="Color( 0, 0.98, 0.6, 1 )"> Medium spring green color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumturquoise" value="Color( 0.28, 0.82, 0.8, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_TURQUOISE" value="Color( 0.28, 0.82, 0.8, 1 )"> Medium turquoise color. </constant> - <constant name="mediumvioletred" value="Color( 0.78, 0.08, 0.52, 1 )"> + <constant name="MEDIUM_VIOLET_RED" value="Color( 0.78, 0.08, 0.52, 1 )"> Medium violet red color. </constant> - <constant name="midnightblue" value="Color( 0.1, 0.1, 0.44, 1 )"> + <constant name="MIDNIGHT_BLUE" value="Color( 0.1, 0.1, 0.44, 1 )"> Midnight blue color. </constant> - <constant name="mintcream" value="Color( 0.96, 1, 0.98, 1 )"> + <constant name="MINT_CREAM" value="Color( 0.96, 1, 0.98, 1 )"> Mint cream color. </constant> - <constant name="mistyrose" value="Color( 1, 0.89, 0.88, 1 )"> + <constant name="MISTY_ROSE" value="Color( 1, 0.89, 0.88, 1 )"> Misty rose color. </constant> - <constant name="moccasin" value="Color( 1, 0.89, 0.71, 1 )"> + <constant name="MOCCASIN" value="Color( 1, 0.89, 0.71, 1 )"> Moccasin color. </constant> - <constant name="navajowhite" value="Color( 1, 0.87, 0.68, 1 )"> + <constant name="NAVAJO_WHITE" value="Color( 1, 0.87, 0.68, 1 )"> Navajo white color. </constant> - <constant name="navyblue" value="Color( 0, 0, 0.5, 1 )"> + <constant name="NAVY_BLUE" value="Color( 0, 0, 0.5, 1 )"> Navy blue color. </constant> - <constant name="oldlace" value="Color( 0.99, 0.96, 0.9, 1 )"> + <constant name="OLD_LACE" value="Color( 0.99, 0.96, 0.9, 1 )"> Old lace color. </constant> - <constant name="olive" value="Color( 0.5, 0.5, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="OLIVE" value="Color( 0.5, 0.5, 0, 1 )"> Olive color. </constant> - <constant name="olivedrab" value="Color( 0.42, 0.56, 0.14, 1 )"> + <constant name="OLIVE_DRAB" value="Color( 0.42, 0.56, 0.14, 1 )"> Olive drab color. </constant> - <constant name="orange" value="Color( 1, 0.65, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="ORANGE" value="Color( 1, 0.65, 0, 1 )"> Orange color. </constant> - <constant name="orangered" value="Color( 1, 0.27, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="ORANGE_RED" value="Color( 1, 0.27, 0, 1 )"> Orange red color. </constant> - <constant name="orchid" value="Color( 0.85, 0.44, 0.84, 1 )"> + <constant name="ORCHID" value="Color( 0.85, 0.44, 0.84, 1 )"> Orchid color. </constant> - <constant name="palegoldenrod" value="Color( 0.93, 0.91, 0.67, 1 )"> + <constant name="PALE_GOLDENROD" value="Color( 0.93, 0.91, 0.67, 1 )"> Pale goldenrod color. </constant> - <constant name="palegreen" value="Color( 0.6, 0.98, 0.6, 1 )"> + <constant name="PALE_GREEN" value="Color( 0.6, 0.98, 0.6, 1 )"> Pale green color. </constant> - <constant name="paleturquoise" value="Color( 0.69, 0.93, 0.93, 1 )"> + <constant name="PALE_TURQUOISE" value="Color( 0.69, 0.93, 0.93, 1 )"> Pale turquoise color. </constant> - <constant name="palevioletred" value="Color( 0.86, 0.44, 0.58, 1 )"> + <constant name="PALE_VIOLET_RED" value="Color( 0.86, 0.44, 0.58, 1 )"> Pale violet red color. </constant> - <constant name="papayawhip" value="Color( 1, 0.94, 0.84, 1 )"> + <constant name="PAPAYA_WHIP" value="Color( 1, 0.94, 0.84, 1 )"> Papaya whip color. </constant> - <constant name="peachpuff" value="Color( 1, 0.85, 0.73, 1 )"> + <constant name="PEACH_PUFF" value="Color( 1, 0.85, 0.73, 1 )"> Peach puff color. </constant> - <constant name="peru" value="Color( 0.8, 0.52, 0.25, 1 )"> + <constant name="PERU" value="Color( 0.8, 0.52, 0.25, 1 )"> Peru color. </constant> - <constant name="pink" value="Color( 1, 0.75, 0.8, 1 )"> + <constant name="PINK" value="Color( 1, 0.75, 0.8, 1 )"> Pink color. </constant> - <constant name="plum" value="Color( 0.87, 0.63, 0.87, 1 )"> + <constant name="PLUM" value="Color( 0.87, 0.63, 0.87, 1 )"> Plum color. </constant> - <constant name="powderblue" value="Color( 0.69, 0.88, 0.9, 1 )"> + <constant name="POWDER_BLUE" value="Color( 0.69, 0.88, 0.9, 1 )"> Powder blue color. </constant> - <constant name="purple" value="Color( 0.63, 0.13, 0.94, 1 )"> + <constant name="PURPLE" value="Color( 0.63, 0.13, 0.94, 1 )"> Purple color. </constant> - <constant name="rebeccapurple" value="Color( 0.4, 0.2, 0.6, 1 )"> + <constant name="REBECCA_PURPLE" value="Color( 0.4, 0.2, 0.6, 1 )"> Rebecca purple color. </constant> - <constant name="red" value="Color( 1, 0, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="RED" value="Color( 1, 0, 0, 1 )"> Red color. </constant> - <constant name="rosybrown" value="Color( 0.74, 0.56, 0.56, 1 )"> + <constant name="ROSY_BROWN" value="Color( 0.74, 0.56, 0.56, 1 )"> Rosy brown color. </constant> - <constant name="royalblue" value="Color( 0.25, 0.41, 0.88, 1 )"> + <constant name="ROYAL_BLUE" value="Color( 0.25, 0.41, 0.88, 1 )"> Royal blue color. </constant> - <constant name="saddlebrown" value="Color( 0.55, 0.27, 0.07, 1 )"> + <constant name="SADDLE_BROWN" value="Color( 0.55, 0.27, 0.07, 1 )"> Saddle brown color. </constant> - <constant name="salmon" value="Color( 0.98, 0.5, 0.45, 1 )"> + <constant name="SALMON" value="Color( 0.98, 0.5, 0.45, 1 )"> Salmon color. </constant> - <constant name="sandybrown" value="Color( 0.96, 0.64, 0.38, 1 )"> + <constant name="SANDY_BROWN" value="Color( 0.96, 0.64, 0.38, 1 )"> Sandy brown color. </constant> - <constant name="seagreen" value="Color( 0.18, 0.55, 0.34, 1 )"> + <constant name="SEA_GREEN" value="Color( 0.18, 0.55, 0.34, 1 )"> Sea green color. </constant> - <constant name="seashell" value="Color( 1, 0.96, 0.93, 1 )"> + <constant name="SEASHELL" value="Color( 1, 0.96, 0.93, 1 )"> Seashell color. </constant> - <constant name="sienna" value="Color( 0.63, 0.32, 0.18, 1 )"> + <constant name="SIENNA" value="Color( 0.63, 0.32, 0.18, 1 )"> Sienna color. </constant> - <constant name="silver" value="Color( 0.75, 0.75, 0.75, 1 )"> + <constant name="SILVER" value="Color( 0.75, 0.75, 0.75, 1 )"> Silver color. </constant> - <constant name="skyblue" value="Color( 0.53, 0.81, 0.92, 1 )"> + <constant name="SKY_BLUE" value="Color( 0.53, 0.81, 0.92, 1 )"> Sky blue color. </constant> - <constant name="slateblue" value="Color( 0.42, 0.35, 0.8, 1 )"> + <constant name="SLATE_BLUE" value="Color( 0.42, 0.35, 0.8, 1 )"> Slate blue color. </constant> - <constant name="slategray" value="Color( 0.44, 0.5, 0.56, 1 )"> + <constant name="SLATE_GRAY" value="Color( 0.44, 0.5, 0.56, 1 )"> Slate gray color. </constant> - <constant name="snow" value="Color( 1, 0.98, 0.98, 1 )"> + <constant name="SNOW" value="Color( 1, 0.98, 0.98, 1 )"> Snow color. </constant> - <constant name="springgreen" value="Color( 0, 1, 0.5, 1 )"> + <constant name="SPRING_GREEN" value="Color( 0, 1, 0.5, 1 )"> Spring green color. </constant> - <constant name="steelblue" value="Color( 0.27, 0.51, 0.71, 1 )"> + <constant name="STEEL_BLUE" value="Color( 0.27, 0.51, 0.71, 1 )"> Steel blue color. </constant> - <constant name="tan" value="Color( 0.82, 0.71, 0.55, 1 )"> + <constant name="TAN" value="Color( 0.82, 0.71, 0.55, 1 )"> Tan color. </constant> - <constant name="teal" value="Color( 0, 0.5, 0.5, 1 )"> + <constant name="TEAL" value="Color( 0, 0.5, 0.5, 1 )"> Teal color. </constant> - <constant name="thistle" value="Color( 0.85, 0.75, 0.85, 1 )"> + <constant name="THISTLE" value="Color( 0.85, 0.75, 0.85, 1 )"> Thistle color. </constant> - <constant name="tomato" value="Color( 1, 0.39, 0.28, 1 )"> + <constant name="TOMATO" value="Color( 1, 0.39, 0.28, 1 )"> Tomato color. </constant> - <constant name="transparent" value="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> - Transparent color (white with no alpha). + <constant name="TRANSPARENT" value="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> + Transparent color (white with zero alpha). </constant> - <constant name="turquoise" value="Color( 0.25, 0.88, 0.82, 1 )"> + <constant name="TURQUOISE" value="Color( 0.25, 0.88, 0.82, 1 )"> Turquoise color. </constant> - <constant name="violet" value="Color( 0.93, 0.51, 0.93, 1 )"> + <constant name="VIOLET" value="Color( 0.93, 0.51, 0.93, 1 )"> Violet color. </constant> - <constant name="webgray" value="Color( 0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 1 )"> + <constant name="WEB_GRAY" value="Color( 0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 1 )"> Web gray color. </constant> - <constant name="webgreen" value="Color( 0, 0.5, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="WEB_GREEN" value="Color( 0, 0.5, 0, 1 )"> Web green color. </constant> - <constant name="webmaroon" value="Color( 0.5, 0, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="WEB_MAROON" value="Color( 0.5, 0, 0, 1 )"> Web maroon color. </constant> - <constant name="webpurple" value="Color( 0.5, 0, 0.5, 1 )"> + <constant name="WEB_PURPLE" value="Color( 0.5, 0, 0.5, 1 )"> Web purple color. </constant> - <constant name="wheat" value="Color( 0.96, 0.87, 0.7, 1 )"> + <constant name="WHEAT" value="Color( 0.96, 0.87, 0.7, 1 )"> Wheat color. </constant> - <constant name="white" value="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <constant name="WHITE" value="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> White color. </constant> - <constant name="whitesmoke" value="Color( 0.96, 0.96, 0.96, 1 )"> + <constant name="WHITE_SMOKE" value="Color( 0.96, 0.96, 0.96, 1 )"> White smoke color. </constant> - <constant name="yellow" value="Color( 1, 1, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="YELLOW" value="Color( 1, 1, 0, 1 )"> Yellow color. </constant> - <constant name="yellowgreen" value="Color( 0.6, 0.8, 0.2, 1 )"> + <constant name="YELLOW_GREEN" value="Color( 0.6, 0.8, 0.2, 1 )"> Yellow green color. </constant> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml index 2fc4313e47..fddfd27573 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml @@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ If [code]true[/code], allows editing the color with Hue/Saturation/Value sliders. [b]Note:[/b] Cannot be enabled if raw mode is on. </member> + <member name="picker_shape" type="int" setter="set_picker_shape" getter="get_picker_shape" enum="ColorPicker.PickerShapeType" default="0"> + The shape of the color space view. See [enum PickerShapeType]. + </member> <member name="presets_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_presets_enabled" getter="are_presets_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the "add preset" button is enabled. </member> @@ -86,6 +89,15 @@ </signal> </signals> <constants> + <constant name="SHAPE_HSV_RECTANGLE" value="0" enum="PickerShapeType"> + HSV Color Model rectangle color space. + </constant> + <constant name="SHAPE_HSV_WHEEL" value="1" enum="PickerShapeType"> + HSV Color Model rectangle color space with a wheel. + </constant> + <constant name="SHAPE_VHS_CIRCLE" value="2" enum="PickerShapeType"> + HSV Color Model circle color space. Use Saturation as a radius. + </constant> </constants> <theme_items> <theme_item name="add_preset" type="Texture2D"> @@ -110,6 +122,8 @@ <theme_item name="overbright_indicator" type="Texture2D"> The indicator used to signalize that the color value is outside the 0-1 range. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="picker_cursor" type="Texture2D"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="preset_bg" type="Texture2D"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="screen_picker" type="Texture2D"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml index a9687abedc..b510905d1f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Concave polygon shape resource, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody3D] or area. This shape is created by feeding a list of triangles. - Note: when used for collision, [ConcavePolygonShape3D] is intended to work with static [PhysicsBody3D] nodes like [StaticBody3D] and will not work with [KinematicBody3D] or [RigidBody3D] with a mode other than Static. + Note: when used for collision, [ConcavePolygonShape3D] is intended to work with static [PhysicsBody3D] nodes like [StaticBody3D] and will not work with [CharacterBody3D] or [RigidBody3D] with a mode other than Static. </description> <tutorials> <link title="3D Physics Tests Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/Control.xml b/doc/classes/Control.xml index c0f918a01f..9c61fca598 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Control.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Control.xml @@ -462,10 +462,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a color from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns a color from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] func _ready(): @@ -485,10 +485,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a constant from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns a constant from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_font" qualifiers="const"> @@ -496,10 +496,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a font from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns a font from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -507,10 +507,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a font size from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. + Returns a font size from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -518,10 +518,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns an icon from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns an icon from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_stylebox" qualifiers="const"> @@ -529,10 +529,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a [StyleBox] from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns a [StyleBox] from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> @@ -593,10 +593,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_color_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -613,10 +613,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_constant_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if font with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if font with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_font_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -653,10 +653,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_font_size_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -673,10 +673,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if icon with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if icon with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_icon_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -693,10 +693,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]theme_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_stylebox_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ Anchors the right edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of its parent control. It changes how the right offset updates when the node moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for convenience. </member> <member name="anchor_top" type="float" setter="_set_anchor" getter="get_anchor" default="0.0"> - Anchors the top edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of its parent control. It changes how the top offset updates when the node moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for convenience. + Anchors the top edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of its parent control. It changes how the top offset updates when the node moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for convenience. </member> <member name="focus_mode" type="int" setter="set_focus_mode" getter="get_focus_mode" enum="Control.FocusMode" default="0"> The focus access mode for the control (None, Click or All). Only one Control can be focused at the same time, and it will receive keyboard signals. @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses the left arrow on the keyboard or left on a gamepad by default. You can change the key by editing the [code]ui_left[/code] input action. The node must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to the closest [Control] to the left of this one. </member> <member name="focus_neighbor_right" type="NodePath" setter="set_focus_neighbor" getter="get_focus_neighbor" default="NodePath("")"> - Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses the right arrow on the keyboard or right on a gamepad by default. You can change the key by editing the [code]ui_right[/code] input action. The node must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one. + Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses the right arrow on the keyboard or right on a gamepad by default. You can change the key by editing the [code]ui_right[/code] input action. The node must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one. </member> <member name="focus_neighbor_top" type="NodePath" setter="set_focus_neighbor" getter="get_focus_neighbor" default="NodePath("")"> Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses the top arrow on the keyboard or top on a gamepad by default. You can change the key by editing the [code]ui_top[/code] input action. The node must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one. @@ -1173,7 +1173,12 @@ Tells the parent [Container] nodes how they should resize and place the node on the Y axis. Use one of the [enum SizeFlags] constants to change the flags. See the constants to learn what each does. </member> <member name="theme" type="Theme" setter="set_theme" getter="get_theme"> - Changing this property replaces the current [Theme] resource this node and all its [Control] children use. + The [Theme] resource this node and all its [Control] children use. If a child node has its own [Theme] resource set, theme items are merged with child's definitions having higher priority. + </member> + <member name="theme_custom_type" type="StringName" setter="set_theme_custom_type" getter="get_theme_custom_type" default="&"""> + The type name used by this [Control] to look up its own theme items. By default, the class name of the node is used (e.g. [code]Button[/code] for the [Button] control), as well as the class names of all parent classes (in order of inheritance). Setting this property gives the highest priority to the type of the specified name, then falls back on the class names. + [b]Note:[/b] To look up [Control]'s own items use various [code]get_theme_*[/code] methods without specifying [code]theme_type[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] Theme items are looked for in the tree order, from branch to root, where each [Control] node is checked for its [member theme] property. The earliest match against any type/class name is returned. The project-level Theme and the default Theme are checked last. </member> </members> <signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/Curve.xml b/doc/classes/Curve.xml index 26872e1f8e..e47c420a3b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Curve.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Curve.xml @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Returns the Y value for the point that would exist at the X position [code]offset[/code] along the curve. </description> </method> - <method name="interpolate_baked"> + <method name="interpolate_baked" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="offset" type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Directory.xml b/doc/classes/Directory.xml index a9d7960501..2c61d723cd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Directory.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Directory.xml @@ -154,14 +154,14 @@ <method name="list_dir_begin"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="skip_navigational" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="0" name="show_navigational" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="skip_hidden" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="1" name="show_hidden" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> Initializes the stream used to list all files and directories using the [method get_next] function, closing the current opened stream if needed. Once the stream has been processed, it should typically be closed with [method list_dir_end]. - If [code]skip_navigational[/code] is [code]true[/code], [code].[/code] and [code]..[/code] are filtered out. - If [code]skip_hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hidden files are filtered out. + If [code]show_navigational[/code] is [code]true[/code], [code].[/code] and [code]..[/code] are included too. + If [code]show_hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hidden files are included too. </description> </method> <method name="list_dir_end"> diff --git a/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml b/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml index 91e90d051d..6c1cd37beb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml @@ -469,46 +469,6 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="native_video_is_playing" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="native_video_pause"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="native_video_play"> - <return type="int" enum="Error"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="volume" type="float"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="audio_track" type="String"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="subtitle_track" type="String"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="screen" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="native_video_stop"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="native_video_unpause"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> <method name="process_events"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -1065,33 +1025,39 @@ </constant> <constant name="FEATURE_CUSTOM_CURSOR_SHAPE" value="8" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_NATIVE_VIDEO" value="9" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_NATIVE_DIALOG" value="9" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_NATIVE_DIALOG" value="10" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_CONSOLE_WINDOW" value="10" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_CONSOLE_WINDOW" value="11" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_IME" value="11" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_IME" value="12" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_WINDOW_TRANSPARENCY" value="12" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_WINDOW_TRANSPARENCY" value="13" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_HIDPI" value="13" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_HIDPI" value="14" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_ICON" value="14" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_ICON" value="15" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_NATIVE_ICON" value="15" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_NATIVE_ICON" value="16" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_ORIENTATION" value="16" enum="Feature"> </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_ORIENTATION" value="17" enum="Feature"> - </constant> - <constant name="FEATURE_SWAP_BUFFERS" value="18" enum="Feature"> + <constant name="FEATURE_SWAP_BUFFERS" value="17" enum="Feature"> </constant> <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_VISIBLE" value="0" enum="MouseMode"> + Makes the mouse cursor visible if it is hidden. </constant> <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_HIDDEN" value="1" enum="MouseMode"> + Makes the mouse cursor hidden if it is visible. </constant> <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_CAPTURED" value="2" enum="MouseMode"> + Captures the mouse. The mouse will be hidden and its position locked at the center of the screen. + [b]Note:[/b] If you want to process the mouse's movement in this mode, you need to use [member InputEventMouseMotion.relative]. </constant> <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_CONFINED" value="3" enum="MouseMode"> + Confines the mouse cursor to the game window, and make it visible. + </constant> + <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_CONFINED_HIDDEN" value="4" enum="MouseMode"> + Confines the mouse cursor to the game window, and make it hidden. </constant> <constant name="SCREEN_OF_MAIN_WINDOW" value="-1"> </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorDebuggerPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorDebuggerPlugin.xml index b97933e582..9484d33252 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorDebuggerPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorDebuggerPlugin.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if there is an instance of the game running with the attached debugger otherwise [code]false[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if there is an instance of the game running with the attached debugger otherwise [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="register_message_capture"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml index aa64ab4043..663eb0ff5c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ return new Godot.Collections.Array{new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"name", "myOption"}, {"defaultValue", false}}}; } - public override int Import(String sourceFile, String savePath, Godot.Collections.Dictionary options, Godot.Collections.Array platformVariants, Godot.Collections.Array genFiles) + public override int Import(String sourceFile, String savePath, Godot.Collections.Dictionary options, Godot.Collections.Array platformVariants, Godot.Collections.Array genFiles) { var file = new File(); if (file.Open(sourceFile, File.ModeFlags.Read) != Error.Ok) diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml index b01af71852..3f324bf1a0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml @@ -10,6 +10,15 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="edit_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node"> + </argument> + <description> + Edits the given [Node]. The node will be also selected if it's inside the scene tree. + </description> + </method> <method name="edit_resource"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -48,6 +57,20 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This returns the main editor control containing the whole editor, not the 2D or 3D viewports specifically. </description> </method> + <method name="get_editor_paths"> + <return type="EditorPaths"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_editor_scale" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the actual scale of the editor UI ([code]1.0[/code] being 100% scale). This can be used to adjust position and dimensions of the UI added by plugins. + [b]Note:[/b] This value is set via the [code]interface/editor/display_scale[/code] and [code]interface/editor/custom_display_scale[/code] editor settings. Editor must be restarted for changes to be properly applied. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_editor_settings"> <return type="EditorSettings"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorPaths.xml b/doc/classes/EditorPaths.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0d785dbb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/EditorPaths.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="EditorPaths" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_cache_dir" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_config_dir" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_data_dir" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_self_contained_file" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_self_contained" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml index 8dcffb0b74..6c40b7aa9d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="plugin" type="EditorExportPlugin"> </argument> <description> - Registers a new export plugin. Export plugins are used when the project is being exported. See [EditorExportPlugin] for more information. + Registers a new [EditorExportPlugin]. Export plugins are used to perform tasks when the project is being exported. + See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin. </description> </method> <method name="add_import_plugin"> @@ -100,6 +101,9 @@ <argument index="0" name="importer" type="EditorImportPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Registers a new [EditorImportPlugin]. Import plugins are used to import custom and unsupported assets as a custom [Resource] type. + [b]Note:[/b] If you want to import custom 3D asset formats use [method add_scene_import_plugin] instead. + See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin. </description> </method> <method name="add_inspector_plugin"> @@ -108,6 +112,20 @@ <argument index="0" name="plugin" type="EditorInspectorPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Registers a new [EditorInspectorPlugin]. Inspector plugins are used to extend [EditorInspector] and provide custom configuration tools for your object's properties. + [b]Note:[/b] Always use [method remove_inspector_plugin] to remove the registered [EditorInspectorPlugin] when your [EditorPlugin] is disabled to prevent leaks and an unexpected behavior. + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + const MyInspectorPlugin = preload("res://addons/your_addon/path/to/your/script.gd") + var inspector_plugin = MyInspectorPlugin.new() + + func _enter_tree(): + add_inspector_plugin(inspector_plugin) + + func _exit_tree(): + remove_inspector_plugin(inspector_plugin) + [/gdscript] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="add_scene_import_plugin"> @@ -116,6 +134,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="scene_importer" type="EditorSceneImporter"> </argument> <description> + Registers a new [EditorSceneImporter]. Scene importers are used to import custom 3D asset formats as scenes. </description> </method> <method name="add_spatial_gizmo_plugin"> @@ -124,6 +143,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="plugin" type="EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Registers a new [EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin]. Gizmo plugins are used to add custom gizmos to the 3D preview viewport for a [Node3D]. + See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin. </description> </method> <method name="add_tool_menu_item"> @@ -157,6 +178,16 @@ Registers a custom translation parser plugin for extracting translatable strings from custom files. </description> </method> + <method name="add_undo_redo_inspector_hook_callback"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="callable" type="Callable"> + </argument> + <description> + Hooks a callback into the undo/redo action creation when a property is modified in the inspector. This allows, for example, to save other properties that may be lost when a given property is modified. + The callback should have 4 arguments: [Object] [code]undo_redo[/code], [Object] [code]modified_object[/code], [String] [code]property[/code] and [Variant] [code]new_value[/code]. They are, respectively, the [UndoRedo] object used by the inspector, the currently modified object, the name of the modified property and the new value the property is about to take. + </description> + </method> <method name="apply_changes" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -214,7 +245,7 @@ [gdscript] func forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport(overlay): # Draw a circle at cursor position. - overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64) + overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64, Color.white) func forward_canvas_gui_input(event): if event is InputEventMouseMotion: @@ -570,6 +601,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="plugin" type="EditorExportPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Removes an export plugin registered by [method add_export_plugin]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_import_plugin"> @@ -578,6 +610,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="importer" type="EditorImportPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Removes an import plugin registered by [method add_import_plugin]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_inspector_plugin"> @@ -586,6 +619,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="plugin" type="EditorInspectorPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Removes an inspector plugin registered by [method add_import_plugin] </description> </method> <method name="remove_scene_import_plugin"> @@ -594,6 +628,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="scene_importer" type="EditorSceneImporter"> </argument> <description> + Removes a scene importer registered by [method add_scene_import_plugin]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_spatial_gizmo_plugin"> @@ -602,6 +637,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="plugin" type="EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin"> </argument> <description> + Removes a gizmo plugin registered by [method add_spatial_gizmo_plugin]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_tool_menu_item"> @@ -619,7 +655,16 @@ <argument index="0" name="parser" type="EditorTranslationParserPlugin"> </argument> <description> - Removes a registered custom translation parser plugin. + Removes a custom translation parser plugin registered by [method add_translation_parser_plugin]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_undo_redo_inspector_hook_callback"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="callable" type="Callable"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes a callback previsously added by [method add_undo_redo_inspector_hook_callback]. </description> </method> <method name="save_external_data" qualifiers="virtual"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml b/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml index f568263ff8..fd9fae435b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="field" type="StringName" default="@"""> + <argument index="2" name="field" type="StringName" default="&"""> </argument> <argument index="3" name="changing" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30c73daa77 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="EditorResourcePicker" inherits="HBoxContainer" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Godot editor's control for selecting [Resource] type properties. + </brief_description> + <description> + This [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock to allow editing of [Resource] type properties. It provides options for creating, loading, saving and converting resources. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the same behavior. + [b]Note:[/b] This [Control] does not include any editor for the resource, as editing is controlled by the Inspector dock itself or sub-Inspectors. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="can_drop_data_fw" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="data" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="from" type="Control"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="drop_data_fw"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="data" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="from" type="Control"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_allowed_types" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a list of all allowed types and subtypes corresponding to the [member base_type]. If the [member base_type] is empty, an empty list is returned. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_drag_data_fw"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="from" type="Control"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="handle_menu_selected" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + This virtual method can be implemented to handle context menu items not handled by default. See [method set_create_options]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_create_options" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="menu_node" type="Object"> + </argument> + <description> + This virtual method is called when updating the context menu of [EditorResourcePicker]. Implement this method to override the "New ..." items with your own options. [code]menu_node[/code] is a reference to the [PopupMenu] node. + [b]Note:[/b] Implement [method handle_menu_selected] to handle these custom items. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_toggle_pressed"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="pressed" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the toggle mode state for the main button. Works only if [member toggle_mode] is set to [code]true[/code]. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="base_type" type="String" setter="set_base_type" getter="get_base_type" default=""""> + The base type of allowed resource types. Can be a comma-separated list of several options. + </member> + <member name="editable" type="bool" setter="set_editable" getter="is_editable" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], the value can be selected and edited. + </member> + <member name="edited_resource" type="Resource" setter="set_edited_resource" getter="get_edited_resource"> + The edited resource value. + </member> + <member name="toggle_mode" type="bool" setter="set_toggle_mode" getter="is_toggle_mode" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the main button with the resource preview works in the toggle mode. Use [method set_toggle_pressed] to manually set the state. + </member> + </members> + <signals> + <signal name="resource_changed"> + <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource"> + </argument> + <description> + Emitted when the value of the edited resource was changed. + </description> + </signal> + <signal name="resource_selected"> + <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource"> + </argument> + <description> + Emitted when the resource value was set and user clicked to edit it. + </description> + </signal> + </signals> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml index 0c1d969518..3239a75ada 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml @@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ <argument index="3" name="userdata" type="Variant"> </argument> <description> - Queue a resource being edited for preview (using an instance). Once the preview is ready, your receiver.receiver_func will be called either containing the preview texture or an empty texture (if no preview was possible). Callback must have the format: (path,texture,userdata). Userdata can be anything. + Queue the [code]resource[/code] being edited for preview. Once the preview is ready, the [code]receiver[/code]'s [code]receiver_func[/code] will be called. The [code]receiver_func[/code] must take the following four arguments: [String] path, [Texture2D] preview, [Texture2D] thumbnail_preview, [Variant] userdata. [code]userdata[/code] can be anything, and will be returned when [code]receiver_func[/code] is called. + [b]Note[/b]: If it was not possible to create the preview the [code]receiver_func[/code] will still be called, but the preview will be null. </description> </method> <method name="queue_resource_preview"> @@ -55,7 +56,8 @@ <argument index="3" name="userdata" type="Variant"> </argument> <description> - Queue a resource file for preview (using a path). Once the preview is ready, your receiver.receiver_func will be called either containing the preview texture or an empty texture (if no preview was possible). Callback must have the format: (path,texture,userdata). Userdata can be anything. + Queue a resource file located at [code]path[/code] for preview. Once the preview is ready, the [code]receiver[/code]'s [code]receiver_func[/code] will be called. The [code]receiver_func[/code] must take the following four arguments: [String] path, [Texture2D] preview, [Texture2D] thumbnail_preview, [Variant] userdata. [code]userdata[/code] can be anything, and will be returned when [code]receiver_func[/code] is called. + [b]Note[/b]: If it was not possible to create the preview the [code]receiver_func[/code] will still be called, but the preview will be null. </description> </method> <method name="remove_preview_generator"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml b/doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8334676d92 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="EditorScriptPicker" inherits="EditorResourcePicker" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Godot editor's control for selecting the [code]script[/code] property of a [Node]. + </brief_description> + <description> + Similar to [EditorResourcePicker] this [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock, but only to edit the [code]script[/code] property of a [Node]. Default options for creating new resources of all possible subtypes are replaced with dedicated buttons that open the "Attach Node Script" dialog. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the same behavior. + [b]Note:[/b] You must set the [member script_owner] for the custom context menu items to work. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="script_owner" type="Node" setter="set_script_owner" getter="get_script_owner"> + The owner [Node] of the script property that holds the edited resource. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml index 1ff9744b70..63e89750c3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ </argument> <description> Adds a node to the selection. + [b]Note:[/b] The newly selected node will not be automatically edited in the inspector. If you want to edit a node, use [method EditorInterface.edit_node]. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml index 016d0128eb..e732223516 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml @@ -124,15 +124,6 @@ Returns the value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. This is equivalent to using [method Object.get] on the EditorSettings instance. </description> </method> - <method name="get_settings_dir" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="String"> - </return> - <description> - Gets the global settings path for the engine. Inside this path, you can find some standard paths such as: - [code]settings/tmp[/code] - Used for temporary storage of files - [code]settings/templates[/code] - Where export templates are located - </description> - </method> <method name="has_setting" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml index 381f4fae04..935335943f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="EditorSpinSlider" inherits="Range" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Godot editor's control for editing numeric values. </brief_description> <description> + This [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock to allow editing of numeric values. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the same behavior. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Engine.xml b/doc/classes/Engine.xml index f9d8cf574a..1147b52102 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Engine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Engine.xml @@ -156,7 +156,15 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="editor_hint" type="bool" setter="set_editor_hint" getter="is_editor_hint" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], it is running inside the editor. Useful for tool scripts. + If [code]true[/code], the script is currently running inside the editor. This is useful for [code]@tool[/code] scripts to conditionally draw editor helpers, or prevent accidentally running "game" code that would affect the scene state while in the editor: + [codeblock] + if Engine.editor_hint: + draw_gizmos() + else: + simulate_physics() + [/codeblock] + See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/running_code_in_the_editor.html]Running code in the editor[/url] in the documentation for more information. + [b]Note:[/b] To detect whether the script is run from an editor [i]build[/i] (e.g. when pressing [kbd]F5[/kbd]), use [method OS.has_feature] with the [code]"editor"[/code] argument instead. [code]OS.has_feature("editor")[/code] will evaluate to [code]true[/code] both when the code is running in the editor and when running the project from the editor, but it will evaluate to [code]false[/code] when the code is run from an exported project. </member> <member name="iterations_per_second" type="int" setter="set_iterations_per_second" getter="get_iterations_per_second" default="60"> The number of fixed iterations per second. This controls how often physics simulation and [method Node._physics_process] methods are run. This value should generally always be set to [code]60[/code] or above, as Godot doesn't interpolate the physics step. As a result, values lower than [code]60[/code] will look stuttery. This value can be increased to make input more reactive or work around tunneling issues, but keep in mind doing so will increase CPU usage. diff --git a/doc/classes/Environment.xml b/doc/classes/Environment.xml index 6909fac2b7..878535a08d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Environment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Environment.xml @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ The depth tolerance for screen-space reflections. </member> <member name="ss_reflections_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_ssr_enabled" getter="is_ssr_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], screen-space reflections are enabled. Screen-space reflections are more accurate than reflections from [GIProbe]s or [ReflectionProbe]s, but are slower and can't reflect surfaces occluded by others. + If [code]true[/code], screen-space reflections are enabled. Screen-space reflections are more accurate than reflections from [VoxelGI]s or [ReflectionProbe]s, but are slower and can't reflect surfaces occluded by others. </member> <member name="ss_reflections_fade_in" type="float" setter="set_ssr_fade_in" getter="get_ssr_fade_in" default="0.15"> The fade-in distance for screen-space reflections. Affects the area from the reflected material to the screen-space reflection). diff --git a/doc/classes/File.xml b/doc/classes/File.xml index e0781e807f..ea3b82dc54 100644 --- a/doc/classes/File.xml +++ b/doc/classes/File.xml @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the file cursor has read past the end of the file. - [b]Note:[/b] This function will still return [code]false[/code] while at the end of the file and only activates when reading past it. This can be confusing but it conforms to how low-level file access works in all operating systems. There is always [method get_len] and [method get_position] to implement a custom logic. + [b]Note:[/b] This function will still return [code]false[/code] while at the end of the file and only activates when reading past it. This can be confusing but it conforms to how low-level file access works in all operating systems. There is always [method get_length] and [method get_position] to implement a custom logic. </description> </method> <method name="file_exists" qualifiers="const"> @@ -121,10 +121,10 @@ <method name="get_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="len" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="length" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns next [code]len[/code] bytes of the file as a [PackedByteArray]. + Returns next [code]length[/code] bytes of the file as a [PackedByteArray]. </description> </method> <method name="get_csv_line" qualifiers="const"> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Returns the next 32 bits from the file as a floating-point number. </description> </method> - <method name="get_len" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -275,6 +275,7 @@ </argument> <description> Opens a compressed file for reading or writing. + [b]Note:[/b] [method open_compressed] can only read files that were saved by Godot, not third-party compression formats. See [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/issues/28999]GitHub issue #28999[/url] for a workaround. </description> </method> <method name="open_encrypted"> @@ -489,10 +490,10 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="endian_swap" type="bool" setter="set_endian_swap" getter="get_endian_swap" default="false"> + <member name="big_endian" type="bool" setter="set_big_endian" getter="is_big_endian" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the file is read with big-endian [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness]endianness[/url]. If [code]false[/code], the file is read with little-endian endianness. If in doubt, leave this to [code]false[/code] as most files are written with little-endian endianness. - [b]Note:[/b] [member endian_swap] is only about the file format, not the CPU type. The CPU endianness doesn't affect the default endianness for files written. - [b]Note:[/b] This is always reset to [code]false[/code] whenever you open the file. Therefore, you must set [member endian_swap] [i]after[/i] opening the file, not before. + [b]Note:[/b] [member big_endian] is only about the file format, not the CPU type. The CPU endianness doesn't affect the default endianness for files written. + [b]Note:[/b] This is always reset to [code]false[/code] whenever you open the file. Therefore, you must set [member big_endian] [i]after[/i] opening the file, not before. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/GPUParticles2D.xml b/doc/classes/GPUParticles2D.xml index ebe4e3b00d..ebd6d2b92c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GPUParticles2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GPUParticles2D.xml @@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ <member name="amount" type="int" setter="set_amount" getter="get_amount" default="8"> Number of particles emitted in one emission cycle. </member> - <member name="draw_order" type="int" setter="set_draw_order" getter="get_draw_order" enum="GPUParticles2D.DrawOrder" default="0"> + <member name="collision_base_size" type="float" setter="set_collision_base_size" getter="get_collision_base_size" default="1.0"> + </member> + <member name="draw_order" type="int" setter="set_draw_order" getter="get_draw_order" enum="GPUParticles2D.DrawOrder" default="1"> Particle draw order. Uses [enum DrawOrder] values. </member> <member name="emitting" type="bool" setter="set_emitting" getter="is_emitting" default="true"> @@ -40,7 +42,7 @@ <member name="explosiveness" type="float" setter="set_explosiveness_ratio" getter="get_explosiveness_ratio" default="0.0"> How rapidly particles in an emission cycle are emitted. If greater than [code]0[/code], there will be a gap in emissions before the next cycle begins. </member> - <member name="fixed_fps" type="int" setter="set_fixed_fps" getter="get_fixed_fps" default="0"> + <member name="fixed_fps" type="int" setter="set_fixed_fps" getter="get_fixed_fps" default="30"> The particle system's frame rate is fixed to a value. For instance, changing the value to 2 will make the particles render at 2 frames per second. Note this does not slow down the simulation of the particle system itself. </member> <member name="fract_delta" type="bool" setter="set_fractional_delta" getter="get_fractional_delta" default="true"> @@ -70,6 +72,14 @@ <member name="texture" type="Texture2D" setter="set_texture" getter="get_texture"> Particle texture. If [code]null[/code], particles will be squares. </member> + <member name="trail_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_trail_enabled" getter="is_trail_enabled" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="trail_length_secs" type="float" setter="set_trail_length" getter="get_trail_length" default="0.3"> + </member> + <member name="trail_section_subdivisions" type="int" setter="set_trail_section_subdivisions" getter="get_trail_section_subdivisions" default="4"> + </member> + <member name="trail_sections" type="int" setter="set_trail_sections" getter="get_trail_sections" default="8"> + </member> <member name="visibility_rect" type="Rect2" setter="set_visibility_rect" getter="get_visibility_rect" default="Rect2( -100, -100, 200, 200 )"> The [Rect2] that determines the node's region which needs to be visible on screen for the particle system to be active. Grow the rect if particles suddenly appear/disappear when the node enters/exits the screen. The [Rect2] can be grown via code or with the [b]Particles → Generate Visibility Rect[/b] editor tool. @@ -82,5 +92,7 @@ <constant name="DRAW_ORDER_LIFETIME" value="1" enum="DrawOrder"> Particles are drawn in order of remaining lifetime. </constant> + <constant name="DRAW_ORDER_REVERSE_LIFETIME" value="2" enum="DrawOrder"> + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GPUParticles3D.xml b/doc/classes/GPUParticles3D.xml index aea106af50..47bdd9d745 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GPUParticles3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GPUParticles3D.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ <method name="emit_particle"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="velocity" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -87,18 +87,22 @@ <member name="draw_passes" type="int" setter="set_draw_passes" getter="get_draw_passes" default="1"> The number of draw passes when rendering particles. </member> + <member name="draw_skin" type="Skin" setter="set_skin" getter="get_skin"> + </member> <member name="emitting" type="bool" setter="set_emitting" getter="is_emitting" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], particles are being emitted. </member> <member name="explosiveness" type="float" setter="set_explosiveness_ratio" getter="get_explosiveness_ratio" default="0.0"> Time ratio between each emission. If [code]0[/code], particles are emitted continuously. If [code]1[/code], all particles are emitted simultaneously. </member> - <member name="fixed_fps" type="int" setter="set_fixed_fps" getter="get_fixed_fps" default="0"> + <member name="fixed_fps" type="int" setter="set_fixed_fps" getter="get_fixed_fps" default="30"> The particle system's frame rate is fixed to a value. For instance, changing the value to 2 will make the particles render at 2 frames per second. Note this does not slow down the simulation of the particle system itself. </member> <member name="fract_delta" type="bool" setter="set_fractional_delta" getter="get_fractional_delta" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], results in fractional delta calculation which has a smoother particles display effect. </member> + <member name="interpolate" type="bool" setter="set_interpolate" getter="get_interpolate" default="true"> + </member> <member name="lifetime" type="float" setter="set_lifetime" getter="get_lifetime" default="1.0"> Amount of time each particle will exist. </member> @@ -122,6 +126,12 @@ </member> <member name="sub_emitter" type="NodePath" setter="set_sub_emitter" getter="get_sub_emitter" default="NodePath("")"> </member> + <member name="trail_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_trail_enabled" getter="is_trail_enabled" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="trail_length_secs" type="float" setter="set_trail_length" getter="get_trail_length" default="0.3"> + </member> + <member name="transform_align" type="int" setter="set_transform_align" getter="get_transform_align" enum="GPUParticles3D.TransformAlign" default="0"> + </member> <member name="visibility_aabb" type="AABB" setter="set_visibility_aabb" getter="get_visibility_aabb" default="AABB( -4, -4, -4, 8, 8, 8 )"> The [AABB] that determines the node's region which needs to be visible on screen for the particle system to be active. Grow the box if particles suddenly appear/disappear when the node enters/exits the screen. The [AABB] can be grown via code or with the [b]Particles → Generate AABB[/b] editor tool. @@ -134,7 +144,9 @@ <constant name="DRAW_ORDER_LIFETIME" value="1" enum="DrawOrder"> Particles are drawn in order of remaining lifetime. </constant> - <constant name="DRAW_ORDER_VIEW_DEPTH" value="2" enum="DrawOrder"> + <constant name="DRAW_ORDER_REVERSE_LIFETIME" value="2" enum="DrawOrder"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRAW_ORDER_VIEW_DEPTH" value="3" enum="DrawOrder"> Particles are drawn in order of depth. </constant> <constant name="EMIT_FLAG_POSITION" value="1" enum="EmitFlags"> @@ -150,5 +162,13 @@ <constant name="MAX_DRAW_PASSES" value="4"> Maximum number of draw passes supported. </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFORM_ALIGN_DISABLED" value="0" enum="TransformAlign"> + </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFORM_ALIGN_Z_BILLBOARD" value="1" enum="TransformAlign"> + </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFORM_ALIGN_Y_TO_VELOCITY" value="2" enum="TransformAlign"> + </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFORM_ALIGN_Z_BILLBOARD_Y_TO_VELOCITY" value="3" enum="TransformAlign"> + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml b/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml index 2c0d9b54d1..13354ec19e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ </argument> <description> Merges (combines) [code]polygon_a[/code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an array of merged polygons. This performs [constant OPERATION_UNION] between polygons. - The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and multiple inner polygons (holes) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. </description> </method> <method name="offset_polygon"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml b/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml index 631a30abab..b2c3bfc3ed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml @@ -48,6 +48,8 @@ </member> <member name="gi_mode" type="int" setter="set_gi_mode" getter="get_gi_mode" enum="GeometryInstance3D.GIMode" default="0"> </member> + <member name="ignore_occlusion_culling" type="bool" setter="set_ignore_occlusion_culling" getter="is_ignoring_occlusion_culling" default="false"> + </member> <member name="lod_bias" type="float" setter="set_lod_bias" getter="get_lod_bias" default="1.0"> </member> <member name="lod_max_distance" type="float" setter="set_lod_max_distance" getter="get_lod_max_distance" default="0.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml index aae3126c0f..82ba45f11a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color of the input connection [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the [Color] of the input connection [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_count"> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color of the output connection [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the [Color] of the output connection [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_count"> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color set to [code]idx[/code] left (input) slot. + Returns the left (input) [Color] of the slot [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_color_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color set to [code]idx[/code] right (output) slot. + Returns the right (output) [Color] of the slot [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_type_left" qualifiers="const"> @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the (integer) type of left (input) [code]idx[/code] slot. + Returns the left (input) type of the slot [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_type_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the (integer) type of right (output) [code]idx[/code] slot. + Returns the right (output) type of the slot [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_enabled_left" qualifiers="const"> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) slot [code]idx[/code] is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise. + Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] is enabled. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_enabled_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) slot [code]idx[/code] is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise. + Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] is enabled. </description> </method> <method name="set_opentype_feature"> @@ -204,6 +204,73 @@ [code]color_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is the tint of the port's icon on this side. [code]custom_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is a custom texture for this side's port. [b]Note:[/b] This method only sets properties of the slot. To create the slot, add a [Control]-derived child to the GraphNode. + Individual properties can be set using one of the [code]set_slot_*[/code] methods. You must enable at least one side of the slot to do so. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_slot_color_left"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="color_left" type="Color"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Color] of the left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] to [code]color_left[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_slot_color_right"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="color_right" type="Color"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Color] of the right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] to [code]color_right[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_slot_enabled_left"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enable_left" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Toggles the left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code]. If [code]enable_left[/code] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the left side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_slot_enabled_right"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enable_right" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Toggles the right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code]. If [code]enable_right[/code] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the right side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_slot_type_left"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type_left" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the left (input) type of the slot [code]idx[/code] to [code]type_left[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_slot_type_right"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type_right" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the right (output) type of the slot [code]idx[/code] to [code]type_right[/code]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/HeightMapShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/HeightMapShape3D.xml index 6d230bdab8..f6f2a27891 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HeightMapShape3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HeightMapShape3D.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="HeightMapShape3D" inherits="Shape3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Height map shape for 3D physics (Bullet only). + Height map shape for 3D physics. </brief_description> <description> Height map shape resource, which can be added to a [PhysicsBody3D] or [Area3D]. diff --git a/doc/classes/IP.xml b/doc/classes/IP.xml index 849f036bbd..b3ce1abaeb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/IP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/IP.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Internet protocol (IP) support functions such as DNS resolution. </brief_description> <description> - IP contains support functions for the Internet Protocol (IP). TCP/IP support is in different classes (see [StreamPeerTCP] and [TCP_Server]). IP provides DNS hostname resolution support, both blocking and threaded. + IP contains support functions for the Internet Protocol (IP). TCP/IP support is in different classes (see [StreamPeerTCP] and [TCPServer]). IP provides DNS hostname resolution support, both blocking and threaded. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ Returns a queued hostname's IP address, given its queue [code]id[/code]. Returns an empty string on error or if resolution hasn't happened yet (see [method get_resolve_item_status]). </description> </method> + <method name="get_resolve_item_addresses" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns resolved addresses, or an empty array if an error happened or resolution didn't happen yet (see [method get_resolve_item_status]). + </description> + </method> <method name="get_resolve_item_status" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="IP.ResolverStatus"> </return> @@ -79,6 +88,17 @@ Returns a given hostname's IPv4 or IPv6 address when resolved (blocking-type method). The address type returned depends on the [enum Type] constant given as [code]ip_type[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="resolve_hostname_addresses"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="host" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="ip_type" type="int" enum="IP.Type" default="3"> + </argument> + <description> + Resolves a given hostname in a blocking way. Addresses are returned as an [Array] of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses depending on [code]ip_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="resolve_hostname_queue_item"> <return type="int"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Image.xml b/doc/classes/Image.xml index 9d87c9bf9a..91a07f66e0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Image.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Image.xml @@ -186,7 +186,8 @@ <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> <description> - Decompresses the image if it is compressed. Returns an error if decompress function is not available. + Decompresses the image if it is VRAM compressed in a supported format. Returns [constant OK] if the format is supported, otherwise [constant ERR_UNAVAILABLE]. + [b]Note:[/b] The following formats can be decompressed: DXT, RGTC, BPTC, PVRTC1. The formats ETC1 and ETC2 are not supported. </description> </method> <method name="detect_alpha" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Input.xml b/doc/classes/Input.xml index d7408cd0ff..ebfd32c5fb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Input.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Input.xml @@ -449,7 +449,10 @@ [b]Note:[/b] If you want to process the mouse's movement in this mode, you need to use [member InputEventMouseMotion.relative]. </constant> <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_CONFINED" value="3" enum="MouseMode"> - Makes the mouse cursor visible but confines it to the game window. + Confines the mouse cursor to the game window, and make it visible. + </constant> + <constant name="MOUSE_MODE_CONFINED_HIDDEN" value="4" enum="MouseMode"> + Confines the mouse cursor to the game window, and make it hidden. </constant> <constant name="CURSOR_ARROW" value="0" enum="CursorShape"> Arrow cursor. Standard, default pointing cursor. diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml index ed290fc7e2..42326f344f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="action" type="StringName" setter="set_action" getter="get_action" default="@"""> + <member name="action" type="StringName" setter="set_action" getter="get_action" default="&"""> The action's name. Actions are accessed via this [String]. </member> <member name="pressed" type="bool" setter="set_pressed" getter="is_pressed" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml index d7e92f8bca..be71b42567 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <member name="button_index" type="int" setter="set_button_index" getter="get_button_index" default="0"> The mouse button identifier, one of the [enum MouseButton] button or button wheel constants. </member> - <member name="doubleclick" type="bool" setter="set_doubleclick" getter="is_doubleclick" default="false"> + <member name="double_click" type="bool" setter="set_double_click" getter="is_double_click" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the mouse button's state is a double-click. </member> <member name="factor" type="float" setter="set_factor" getter="get_factor" default="1.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml index dd782209e5..3beea7f9a0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml @@ -12,23 +12,23 @@ <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="alt" type="bool" setter="set_alt" getter="get_alt" default="false"> + <member name="alt_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_alt_pressed" getter="is_alt_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Alt[/kbd] modifier. </member> - <member name="command" type="bool" setter="set_command" getter="get_command" default="false"> + <member name="command_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_command_pressed" getter="is_command_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Cmd[/kbd] modifier. </member> - <member name="control" type="bool" setter="set_control" getter="get_control" default="false"> + <member name="ctrl_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_ctrl_pressed" getter="is_ctrl_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] modifier. </member> - <member name="meta" type="bool" setter="set_metakey" getter="get_metakey" default="false"> + <member name="meta_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_meta_pressed" getter="is_meta_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Meta[/kbd] modifier. </member> - <member name="shift" type="bool" setter="set_shift" getter="get_shift" default="false"> + <member name="shift_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_shift_pressed" getter="is_shift_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Shift[/kbd] modifier. </member> <member name="store_command" type="bool" setter="set_store_command" getter="is_storing_command" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], pressing [kbd]Cmd[/kbd] on macOS or [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] on all other platforms will both be serialized as [member command]. If [code]false[/code], those same keys will be serialized as [member meta] on macOS and [member control] on all other platforms. + If [code]true[/code], pressing [kbd]Cmd[/kbd] on macOS or [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] on all other platforms will both be serialized as [member command_pressed]. If [code]false[/code], those same keys will be serialized as [member meta_pressed] on macOS and [member ctrl_pressed] on all other platforms. This aids with cross-platform compatibility when developing e.g. on Windows for macOS, or vice-versa. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml b/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml index c707a72ee8..c87e637ff5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml @@ -11,6 +11,40 @@ <link title="Exporting for the Web: Calling JavaScript from script">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/export/exporting_for_web.html#calling-javascript-from-script</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="create_callback"> + <return type="JavaScriptObject"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="callable" type="Callable"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates a reference to a [Callable] that can be used as a callback by JavaScript. The reference must be kept until the callback happens, or it won't be called at all. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage. + </description> + </method> + <method name="create_object" qualifiers="vararg"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="object" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates a new JavaScript object using the [code]new[/code] constructor. The [code]object[/code] must a valid property of the JavaScript [code]window[/code]. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage. + </description> + </method> + <method name="download_buffer"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="buffer" type="PackedByteArray"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="mime" type="String" default=""application/octet-stream""> + </argument> + <description> + Prompts the user to download a file containing the specified [code]buffer[/code]. The file will have the given [code]name[/code] and [code]mime[/code] type. + [b]Note:[/b] The browser may override the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_type]MIME type[/url] provided based on the file [code]name[/code]'s extension. + [b]Note:[/b] Browsers might block the download if [method download_buffer] is not being called from a user interaction (e.g. button click). + [b]Note:[/b] Browsers might ask the user for permission or block the download if multiple download requests are made in a quick succession. + </description> + </method> <method name="eval"> <return type="Variant"> </return> @@ -23,6 +57,15 @@ If [code]use_global_execution_context[/code] is [code]true[/code], the code will be evaluated in the global execution context. Otherwise, it is evaluated in the execution context of a function within the engine's runtime environment. </description> </method> + <method name="get_interface"> + <return type="JavaScriptObject"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="interface" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns an interface to a JavaScript object that can be used by scripts. The [code]interface[/code] must be a valid property of the JavaScript [code]window[/code]. The callback must accept a single [Array] argument, which will contain the JavaScript [code]arguments[/code]. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage. + </description> + </method> </methods> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml b/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9e9c77e89 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="JavaScriptObject" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A wrapper class for native JavaScript objects. + </brief_description> + <description> + JavaScriptObject is used to interact with JavaScript objects retrieved or created via [method JavaScript.get_interface], [method JavaScript.create_object], or [method JavaScript.create_callback]. + Example: + [codeblock] + extends Node + + var _my_js_callback = JavaScript.create_callback(self, "myCallback") # This reference must be kept + var console = JavaScript.get_interface("console") + + func _init(): + var buf = JavaScript.create_object("ArrayBuffer", 10) # new ArrayBuffer(10) + print(buf) # prints [JavaScriptObject:OBJECT_ID] + var uint8arr = JavaScript.create_object("Uint8Array", buf) # new Uint8Array(buf) + uint8arr[1] = 255 + prints(uint8arr[1], uint8arr.byteLength) # prints 255 10 + console.log(uint8arr) # prints in browser console "Uint8Array(10) [ 0, 255, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ]" + + # Equivalent of JavaScript: Array.from(uint8arr).forEach(myCallback) + JavaScript.get_interface("Array").from(uint8arr).forEach(_my_js_callback) + + func myCallback(args): + # Will be called with the parameters passed to the "forEach" callback + # [0, 0, [JavaScriptObject:1173]] + # [255, 1, [JavaScriptObject:1173]] + # ... + # [0, 9, [JavaScriptObject:1180]] + print(args) + [/codeblock] + Note: Only available in the "HTML5" platform. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml deleted file mode 100644 index fdd4db6115..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="KinematicBody2D" inherits="PhysicsBody2D" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - Kinematic body 2D node. - </brief_description> - <description> - Kinematic bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a character or a rigid body, these are the same as a static body. However, they have two main uses: - [b]Simulated motion:[/b] When these bodies are moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to "physics"), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). - [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] KinematicBody2D also has an API for moving objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement characters that collide against a world, but don't require advanced physics. - </description> - <tutorials> - <link title="Kinematic character (2D)">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> - <link title="Using KinematicBody2D">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/using_kinematic_body_2d.html</link> - <link title="2D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113</link> - <link title="2D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/120</link> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="get_floor_normal" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the surface normal of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_floor_velocity" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the linear velocity of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_slide_collision"> - <return type="KinematicCollision2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="slide_idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about a collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1). - [b]Example usage:[/b] - [codeblocks] - [gdscript] - for i in get_slide_count(): - var collision = get_slide_collision(i) - print("Collided with: ", collision.collider.name) - [/gdscript] - [csharp] - for (int i = 0; i < GetSlideCount(); i++) - { - KinematicCollision2D collision = GetSlideCollision(i); - GD.Print("Collided with: ", (collision.Collider as Node).Name); - } - [/csharp] - [/codeblocks] - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_slide_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the number of times the body collided and changed direction during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_on_ceiling" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the ceiling on the last call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_on_floor" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the floor on the last call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_on_wall" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with a wall on the last call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="move_and_collide"> - <return type="KinematicCollision2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="rel_vec" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="exclude_raycast_shapes" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="test_only" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <description> - Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about the collision. - If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. - </description> - </method> - <method name="move_and_slide"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="linear_velocity" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="up_direction" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="stop_on_slope" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="max_slides" type="int" default="4"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="floor_max_angle" type="float" default="0.785398"> - </argument> - <argument index="5" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <description> - Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [KinematicBody2D] or [RigidBody2D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. - This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's [code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the simulation will run at an incorrect speed. - [code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector in pixels per second. Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply it by [code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the velocity. - [code]up_direction[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful for topdown games. - If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body is standing still. - If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of [code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops. - [code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default value equals 45 degrees. - If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to push [RigidBody2D] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody2D] nodes like with [StaticBody2D]. - Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="move_and_slide_with_snap"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="linear_velocity" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="snap" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="up_direction" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="stop_on_slope" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="max_slides" type="int" default="4"> - </argument> - <argument index="5" name="floor_max_angle" type="float" default="0.785398"> - </argument> - <argument index="6" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <description> - Moves the body while keeping it attached to slopes. Similar to [method move_and_slide]. - As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] to [code](0, 0)[/code] or by using [method move_and_slide] instead. - </description> - </method> - <method name="test_move"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="from" type="Transform2D"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="rel_vec" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <description> - Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform2D], then tries to move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would occur. - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="collision/safe_margin" type="float" setter="set_safe_margin" getter="get_safe_margin" default="0.08"> - Extra margin used for collision recovery in motion functions (see [method move_and_collide], [method move_and_slide], [method move_and_slide_with_snap]). - If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion. - A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps with consistently detecting walls and floors. - A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of kinematic bodies. - </member> - <member name="motion/sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_collide] functions. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml deleted file mode 100644 index efd3f58f88..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="KinematicBody3D" inherits="PhysicsBody3D" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - Kinematic body 3D node. - </brief_description> - <description> - Kinematic bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a character or a rigid body, these are the same as a static body. However, they have two main uses: - [b]Simulated motion:[/b] When these bodies are moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to "physics"), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). - [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] KinematicBody3D also has an API for moving objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement characters that collide against a world, but don't require advanced physics. - </description> - <tutorials> - <link title="Kinematic character (2D)">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> - <link title="3D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/126</link> - <link title="3D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/125</link> - <link title="3D Voxel Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676</link> - <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="get_axis_lock" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]axis[/code] is locked. See also [member axis_lock_motion_x], [member axis_lock_motion_y] and [member axis_lock_motion_z]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_floor_normal" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector3"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the surface normal of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_floor_velocity" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector3"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the linear velocity of the floor at the last collision point. Only valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_slide_collision"> - <return type="KinematicCollision3D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="slide_idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns a [KinematicCollision3D], which contains information about a collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1). - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_slide_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the number of times the body collided and changed direction during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_on_ceiling" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the ceiling on the last call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_on_floor" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the floor on the last call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_on_wall" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with a wall on the last call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="move_and_collide"> - <return type="KinematicCollision3D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="rel_vec" type="Vector3"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="exclude_raycast_shapes" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="test_only" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <description> - Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision3D], which contains information about the collision. - If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. - </description> - </method> - <method name="move_and_slide"> - <return type="Vector3"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="linear_velocity" type="Vector3"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="up_direction" type="Vector3" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="stop_on_slope" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="max_slides" type="int" default="4"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="floor_max_angle" type="float" default="0.785398"> - </argument> - <argument index="5" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <description> - Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [KinematicBody3D] or [RigidBody3D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. - This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's [code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the simulation will run at an incorrect speed. - [code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector (typically meters per second). Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply it by [code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the velocity. - [code]up_direction[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. - If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body is standing still. - If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of [code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops. - [code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default value equals 45 degrees. - If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to push [RigidBody3D] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody3D] nodes like with [StaticBody3D]. - Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="move_and_slide_with_snap"> - <return type="Vector3"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="linear_velocity" type="Vector3"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="snap" type="Vector3"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="up_direction" type="Vector3" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="stop_on_slope" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="max_slides" type="int" default="4"> - </argument> - <argument index="5" name="floor_max_angle" type="float" default="0.785398"> - </argument> - <argument index="6" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <description> - Moves the body while keeping it attached to slopes. Similar to [method move_and_slide]. - As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] to [code](0, 0, 0)[/code] or by using [method move_and_slide] instead. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_axis_lock"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="lock" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Locks or unlocks the specified [code]axis[/code] depending on the value of [code]lock[/code]. See also [member axis_lock_motion_x], [member axis_lock_motion_y] and [member axis_lock_motion_z]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="test_move"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="from" type="Transform"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="rel_vec" type="Vector3"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <description> - Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform], then tries to move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would occur. - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="axis_lock_motion_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's X axis movement. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_motion_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's Y axis movement. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_motion_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's Z axis movement. - </member> - <member name="collision/safe_margin" type="float" setter="set_safe_margin" getter="get_safe_margin" default="0.001"> - Extra margin used for collision recovery in motion functions (see [method move_and_collide], [method move_and_slide], [method move_and_slide_with_snap]). - If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion. - A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps with consistently detecting walls and floors. - A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of kinematic bodies. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml index ec6e16e25a..8748f89618 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="KinematicCollision2D" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Collision data for [KinematicBody2D] collisions. + Collision data for [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide] collisions. </brief_description> <description> - Contains collision data for [KinematicBody2D] collisions. When a [KinematicBody2D] is moved using [method KinematicBody2D.move_and_collide], it stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is detected, a KinematicCollision2D object is returned. + Contains collision data for [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide] collisions. When a [PhysicsBody2D] is moved using [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide], it stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is detected, a [KinematicCollision2D] object is returned. This object contains information about the collision, including the colliding object, the remaining motion, and the collision position. This information can be used to calculate a collision response. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision3D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision3D.xml index f3248a9ca1..8eac15ebf4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision3D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="KinematicCollision3D" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Collision data for [KinematicBody3D] collisions. + Collision data for [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide] collisions. </brief_description> <description> - Contains collision data for [KinematicBody3D] collisions. When a [KinematicBody3D] is moved using [method KinematicBody3D.move_and_collide], it stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is detected, a KinematicCollision3D object is returned. + Contains collision data for [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide] collisions. When a [PhysicsBody3D] is moved using [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide], it stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is detected, a [KinematicCollision3D] object is returned. This object contains information about the collision, including the colliding object, the remaining motion, and the collision position. This information can be used to calculate a collision response. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml b/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a1d172e4b1..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="LargeTexture" inherits="Texture2D" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - A [Texture2D] capable of storing many smaller textures with offsets. - </brief_description> - <description> - A [Texture2D] capable of storing many smaller textures with offsets. - You can dynamically add pieces ([Texture2D]s) to this [LargeTexture] using different offsets. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="add_piece"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="ofs" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="texture" type="Texture2D"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds [code]texture[/code] to this [LargeTexture], starting on offset [code]ofs[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="clear"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Clears the [LargeTexture]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_piece_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the number of pieces currently in this [LargeTexture]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_piece_offset" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the offset of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_piece_texture" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Texture2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the [Texture2D] of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_piece_offset"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="ofs" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the offset of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code] to [code]ofs[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_piece_texture"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="texture" type="Texture2D"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the [Texture2D] of the piece with index [code]idx[/code] to [code]texture[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_size"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the size of this [LargeTexture]. - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml index 6bae612c9f..42b9ed8ab4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The light's strength multiplier (this is not a physical unit). For [OmniLight3D] and [SpotLight3D], changing this value will only change the light color's intensity, not the light's radius. </member> <member name="light_indirect_energy" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="1.0"> - Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). Used with [GIProbe]. + Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). Used with [VoxelGI]. </member> <member name="light_negative" type="bool" setter="set_negative" getter="is_negative" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the light's effect is reversed, darkening areas and casting bright shadows. diff --git a/doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml b/doc/classes/LightmapGI.xml index 6fd08fc4e4..d7722a83b0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LightmapGI.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="BakedLightmap" inherits="VisualInstance3D" version="4.0"> +<class name="LightmapGI" inherits="VisualInstance3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> </brief_description> <description> @@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ </member> <member name="environment_custom_sky" type="Sky" setter="set_environment_custom_sky" getter="get_environment_custom_sky"> </member> - <member name="environment_mode" type="int" setter="set_environment_mode" getter="get_environment_mode" enum="BakedLightmap.EnvironmentMode" default="0"> + <member name="environment_mode" type="int" setter="set_environment_mode" getter="get_environment_mode" enum="LightmapGI.EnvironmentMode" default="0"> </member> - <member name="generate_probes_subdiv" type="int" setter="set_generate_probes" getter="get_generate_probes" enum="BakedLightmap.GenerateProbes" default="0"> + <member name="generate_probes_subdiv" type="int" setter="set_generate_probes" getter="get_generate_probes" enum="LightmapGI.GenerateProbes" default="0"> </member> <member name="interior" type="bool" setter="set_interior" getter="is_interior" default="false"> </member> - <member name="light_data" type="BakedLightmapData" setter="set_light_data" getter="get_light_data"> + <member name="light_data" type="LightmapGIData" setter="set_light_data" getter="get_light_data"> </member> <member name="max_texture_size" type="int" setter="set_max_texture_size" getter="get_max_texture_size" default="16384"> </member> - <member name="quality" type="int" setter="set_bake_quality" getter="get_bake_quality" enum="BakedLightmap.BakeQuality" default="1"> + <member name="quality" type="int" setter="set_bake_quality" getter="get_bake_quality" enum="LightmapGI.BakeQuality" default="1"> </member> <member name="use_denoiser" type="bool" setter="set_use_denoiser" getter="is_using_denoiser" default="true"> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml b/doc/classes/LightmapGIData.xml index 904555c48e..3a37c6dcb7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LightmapGIData.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="BakedLightmapData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> +<class name="LightmapGIData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> </brief_description> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml index 360f5c451e..7adf19632e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml @@ -12,34 +12,25 @@ - [kbd]Ctrl + Z[/kbd]: Undo - [kbd]Ctrl + ~[/kbd]: Swap input direction. - [kbd]Ctrl + Shift + Z[/kbd]: Redo - - [kbd]Ctrl + U[/kbd]: Delete text from the cursor position to the beginning of the line - - [kbd]Ctrl + K[/kbd]: Delete text from the cursor position to the end of the line + - [kbd]Ctrl + U[/kbd]: Delete text from the caret position to the beginning of the line + - [kbd]Ctrl + K[/kbd]: Delete text from the caret position to the end of the line - [kbd]Ctrl + A[/kbd]: Select all text - - [kbd]Up Arrow[/kbd]/[kbd]Down Arrow[/kbd]: Move the cursor to the beginning/end of the line + - [kbd]Up Arrow[/kbd]/[kbd]Down Arrow[/kbd]: Move the caret to the beginning/end of the line On macOS, some extra keyboard shortcuts are available: - - [kbd]Ctrl + F[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Right Arrow[/kbd], move the cursor one character right - - [kbd]Ctrl + B[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Left Arrow[/kbd], move the cursor one character left - - [kbd]Ctrl + P[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Up Arrow[/kbd], move the cursor to the previous line - - [kbd]Ctrl + N[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Down Arrow[/kbd], move the cursor to the next line - - [kbd]Ctrl + D[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Delete[/kbd], delete the character on the right side of cursor - - [kbd]Ctrl + H[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Backspace[/kbd], delete the character on the left side of the cursor - - [kbd]Ctrl + A[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Home[/kbd], move the cursor to the beginning of the line - - [kbd]Ctrl + E[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]End[/kbd], move the cursor to the end of the line - - [kbd]Cmd + Left Arrow[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Home[/kbd], move the cursor to the beginning of the line - - [kbd]Cmd + Right Arrow[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]End[/kbd], move the cursor to the end of the line + - [kbd]Ctrl + F[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Right Arrow[/kbd], move the caret one character right + - [kbd]Ctrl + B[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Left Arrow[/kbd], move the caret one character left + - [kbd]Ctrl + P[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Up Arrow[/kbd], move the caret to the previous line + - [kbd]Ctrl + N[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Down Arrow[/kbd], move the caret to the next line + - [kbd]Ctrl + D[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Delete[/kbd], delete the character on the right side of caret + - [kbd]Ctrl + H[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Backspace[/kbd], delete the character on the left side of the caret + - [kbd]Ctrl + A[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Home[/kbd], move the caret to the beginning of the line + - [kbd]Ctrl + E[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]End[/kbd], move the caret to the end of the line + - [kbd]Cmd + Left Arrow[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]Home[/kbd], move the caret to the beginning of the line + - [kbd]Cmd + Right Arrow[/kbd]: Same as [kbd]End[/kbd], move the caret to the end of the line </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="append_at_cursor"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds [code]text[/code] after the cursor. If the resulting value is longer than [member max_length], nothing happens. - </description> - </method> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -54,11 +45,11 @@ Removes all OpenType features. </description> </method> - <method name="delete_char_at_cursor"> + <method name="delete_char_at_caret"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Deletes one character at the cursor's current position (equivalent to pressing [kbd]Delete[/kbd]). + Deletes one character at the caret's current position (equivalent to pressing [kbd]Delete[/kbd]). </description> </method> <method name="delete_text"> @@ -99,7 +90,16 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the scroll offset due to [member caret_position], as a number of characters. + Returns the scroll offset due to [member caret_column], as a number of characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="insert_text_at_caret"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Inserts [code]text[/code] at the caret. If the resulting value is longer than [member max_length], nothing happens. </description> </method> <method name="menu_option"> @@ -159,21 +159,21 @@ <member name="align" type="int" setter="set_align" getter="get_align" enum="LineEdit.Align" default="0"> Text alignment as defined in the [enum Align] enum. </member> - <member name="caret_blink" type="bool" setter="cursor_set_blink_enabled" getter="cursor_get_blink_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the caret (visual cursor) blinks. + <member name="caret_blink" type="bool" setter="set_caret_blink_enabled" getter="is_caret_blink_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the caret (text cursor) blinks. </member> - <member name="caret_blink_speed" type="float" setter="cursor_set_blink_speed" getter="cursor_get_blink_speed" default="0.65"> + <member name="caret_blink_speed" type="float" setter="set_caret_blink_speed" getter="get_caret_blink_speed" default="0.65"> Duration (in seconds) of a caret's blinking cycle. </member> - <member name="caret_force_displayed" type="bool" setter="cursor_set_force_displayed" getter="cursor_get_force_displayed" default="false"> + <member name="caret_column" type="int" setter="set_caret_column" getter="get_caret_column" default="0"> + The caret's column position inside the [LineEdit]. When set, the text may scroll to accommodate it. </member> - <member name="caret_mid_grapheme" type="bool" setter="set_mid_grapheme_caret_enabled" getter="get_mid_grapheme_caret_enabled" default="false"> + <member name="caret_force_displayed" type="bool" setter="set_caret_force_displayed" getter="is_caret_force_displayed" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="caret_mid_grapheme" type="bool" setter="set_caret_mid_grapheme_enabled" getter="is_caret_mid_grapheme_enabled" default="false"> Allow moving caret, selecting and removing the individual composite character components. Note: [kbd]Backspace[/kbd] is always removing individual composite character components. </member> - <member name="caret_position" type="int" setter="set_cursor_position" getter="get_cursor_position" default="0"> - The cursor's position inside the [LineEdit]. When set, the text may scroll to accommodate it. - </member> <member name="clear_button_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_clear_button_enabled" getter="is_clear_button_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] will show a clear button if [code]text[/code] is not empty, which can be used to clear the text quickly. </member> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ <member name="editable" type="bool" setter="set_editable" getter="is_editable" default="true"> If [code]false[/code], existing text cannot be modified and new text cannot be added. </member> - <member name="expand_to_text_length" type="bool" setter="set_expand_to_text_length" getter="get_expand_to_text_length" default="false"> + <member name="expand_to_text_length" type="bool" setter="set_expand_to_text_length_enabled" getter="is_expand_to_text_length_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] width will increase to stay longer than the [member text]. It will [b]not[/b] compress if the [member text] is shortened. </member> <member name="focus_mode" type="int" setter="set_focus_mode" getter="get_focus_mode" override="true" enum="Control.FocusMode" default="2" /> @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Copies the selected text. </constant> <constant name="MENU_PASTE" value="2" enum="MenuItems"> - Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's position). + Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the caret's position). Non-printable escape characters are automatically stripped from the OS clipboard via [method String.strip_escapes]. </constant> <constant name="MENU_CLEAR" value="3" enum="MenuItems"> @@ -359,6 +359,9 @@ </constant> </constants> <theme_items> + <theme_item name="caret_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.94, 0.94, 0.94, 1 )"> + Color of the [LineEdit]'s caret (text cursor). + </theme_item> <theme_item name="clear" type="Texture2D"> Texture for the clear button. See [member clear_button_enabled]. </theme_item> @@ -368,9 +371,6 @@ <theme_item name="clear_button_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Color used for the clear button when it's pressed. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="cursor_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.94, 0.94, 0.94, 1 )"> - Color of the [LineEdit]'s visual cursor (caret). - </theme_item> <theme_item name="focus" type="StyleBox"> Background used when [LineEdit] has GUI focus. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Listener3D.xml b/doc/classes/Listener3D.xml index 998ea757ff..b2fcbe534d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Listener3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Listener3D.xml @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_listener_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> - Returns the listener's global orthonormalized [Transform]. + Returns the listener's global orthonormalized [Transform3D]. </description> </method> <method name="is_current" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml b/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml index db7a3187f0..3c679047a0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ mdt.create_from_surface(mesh, 0) for i in range(mdt.get_vertex_count()): var vertex = mdt.get_vertex(i) - # In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in seperated faces as it is flat shaded. + # In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in separated faces as it is flat shaded. vertex += mdt.get_vertex_normal(i) # Save your change. mdt.set_vertex(i, vertex) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ for (var i = 0; i < mdt.GetVertexCount(); i++) { Vector3 vertex = mdt.GetVertex(i); - // In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in seperated faces as it is flat shaded. + // In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in separated faces as it is flat shaded. vertex += mdt.GetVertexNormal(i); // Save your change. mdt.SetVertex(i, vertex); diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshInstance3D.xml b/doc/classes/MeshInstance3D.xml index 82cd392cd3..b5ab296bd0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshInstance3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshInstance3D.xml @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ This helper creates a [MeshInstance3D] child node with gizmos at every vertex calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for testing. </description> </method> + <method name="create_multiple_convex_collisions"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + This helper creates a [StaticBody3D] child node with multiple [ConvexPolygonShape3D] collision shapes calculated from the mesh geometry via convex decomposition. It's mainly used for testing. + </description> + </method> <method name="create_trimesh_collision"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -43,7 +50,7 @@ Returns the [Material] that will be used by the [Mesh] when drawing. This can return the [member GeometryInstance3D.material_override], the surface override [Material] defined in this [MeshInstance3D], or the surface [Material] defined in the [Mesh]. For example, if [member GeometryInstance3D.material_override] is used, all surfaces will return the override material. </description> </method> - <method name="get_surface_material" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_surface_override_material" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Material"> </return> <argument index="0" name="surface" type="int"> @@ -52,14 +59,14 @@ Returns the override [Material] for the specified surface of the [Mesh] resource. </description> </method> - <method name="get_surface_material_count" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_surface_override_material_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the number of surface materials. + Returns the number of surface override materials. This is equivalent to [method Mesh.get_surface_count]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_surface_material"> + <method name="set_surface_override_material"> <return type="void"> </return> <argument index="0" name="surface" type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml b/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml index ad8bd6991d..b33bcc89e3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_item_navmesh_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns an item's collision shapes. - The array consists of each [Shape3D] followed by its [Transform]. + The array consists of each [Shape3D] followed by its [Transform3D]. </description> </method> <method name="get_last_unused_item_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="navmesh" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="navmesh" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the transform to apply to the item's navigation mesh. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ </argument> <description> Sets an item's collision shapes. - The array should consist of [Shape3D] objects, each followed by a [Transform] that will be applied to it. For shapes that should not have a transform, use [constant Transform.IDENTITY]. + The array should consist of [Shape3D] objects, each followed by a [Transform3D] that will be applied to it. For shapes that should not have a transform, use [constant Transform3D.IDENTITY]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml b/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml index 2adebdb306..02628f4960 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_instance_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="instance" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Transform] of a specific instance. + Returns the [Transform3D] of a specific instance. </description> </method> <method name="get_instance_transform_2d" qualifiers="const"> @@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="instance" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Transform] for a specific instance. + Sets the [Transform3D] for a specific instance. </description> </method> <method name="set_instance_transform_2d"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml index c168695d61..b2be92dbbd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml @@ -135,16 +135,16 @@ </signals> <constants> <constant name="RPC_MODE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to disable a method or property for all RPC calls, making it unavailable. Default for all methods. + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to disable a method or property for all RPC calls, making it unavailable. Default for all methods. </constant> <constant name="RPC_MODE_REMOTE" value="1" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on the remote end, not locally. Analogous to the [code]remote[/code] keyword. Calls and property changes are accepted from all remote peers, no matter if they are node's master or puppets. + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on the remote end, not locally. Analogous to the [code]remote[/code] keyword. Calls and property changes are accepted from all remote peers, no matter if they are node's master or puppets. </constant> <constant name="RPC_MODE_MASTER" value="2" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on the network master for this node. Analogous to the [code]master[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or property changes from the node's network puppets, see [method Node.set_network_master]. + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on the network master for this node. Analogous to the [code]master[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or property changes from the node's network puppets, see [method Node.set_network_master]. </constant> <constant name="RPC_MODE_PUPPET" value="3" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on puppets for this node. Analogous to the [code]puppet[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or property changes from the node's network master, see [method Node.set_network_master]. + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on puppets for this node. Analogous to the [code]puppet[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or property changes from the node's network master, see [method Node.set_network_master]. </constant> <constant name="RPC_MODE_REMOTESYNC" value="4" enum="RPCMode"> Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_REMOTE] but also make the call or property change locally. Analogous to the [code]remotesync[/code] keyword. diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml index 1060e2de41..de81ae4d91 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml @@ -44,6 +44,12 @@ Returns a [Vector2] in global coordinates, that can be moved to, making sure that there are no static objects in the way. If the agent does not have a navigation path, it will return the position of the agent's parent. </description> </method> + <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_target_location" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml index 00e9db0a33..8942a37774 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml @@ -44,6 +44,12 @@ Returns a [Vector3] in global coordinates, that can be moved to, making sure that there are no static objects in the way. If the agent does not have a navigation path, it will return the origin of the agent's parent. </description> </method> + <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_target_location" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml index b098a7fc20..ef9efcb99c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="region" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the global transformation for the region. diff --git a/doc/classes/Node.xml b/doc/classes/Node.xml index 7750d45226..1300351e47 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node.xml @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_EXIT_TREE] notification in [method Object._notification] and signal [signal tree_exiting]. To get notified when the node has already left the active tree, connect to the [signal tree_exited]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_configuration_warning" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="String"> + <method name="_get_configuration_warnings" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="String[]"> </return> <description> - The string returned from this method is displayed as a warning in the Scene Dock if the script that overrides it is a [code]tool[/code] script. - Returning an empty string produces no warning. - Call [method update_configuration_warning] when the warning needs to be updated for this node. + The elements in the array returned from this method are displayed as warnings in the Scene Dock if the script that overrides it is a [code]tool[/code] script. + Returning an empty array produces no warnings. + Call [method update_configuration_warnings] when the warnings need to be updated for this node. </description> </method> <method name="_input" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="method" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Sends a remote procedure call request for the given [code]method[/code] to peers on the network (and locally), optionally sending all additional arguments as arguments to the method called by the RPC. The call request will only be received by nodes with the same [NodePath], including the exact same node name. Behaviour depends on the RPC configuration for the given method, see [method rpc_config]. Methods are not exposed to RPCs by default. See also [method rset] and [method rset_config] for properties. Returns an empty [Variant]. + Sends a remote procedure call request for the given [code]method[/code] to peers on the network (and locally), optionally sending all additional arguments as arguments to the method called by the RPC. The call request will only be received by nodes with the same [NodePath], including the exact same node name. Behaviour depends on the RPC configuration for the given method, see [method rpc_config]. Methods are not exposed to RPCs by default. Returns an empty [Variant]. [b]Note:[/b] You can only safely use RPCs on clients after you received the [code]connected_to_server[/code] signal from the [SceneTree]. You also need to keep track of the connection state, either by the [SceneTree] signals like [code]server_disconnected[/code] or by checking [code]SceneTree.network_peer.get_connection_status() == CONNECTION_CONNECTED[/code]. </description> </method> @@ -658,33 +658,17 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="method" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode"> + <argument index="1" name="rpc_mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode"> </argument> - <description> - Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]method[/code] to the given [code]mode[/code]. See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode]. An alternative is annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords ([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], [code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). By default, methods are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). See also [method rset] and [method rset_config] for properties. - </description> - </method> - <method name="rpc_id" qualifiers="vararg"> - <return type="Variant"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="peer_id" type="int"> + <argument index="2" name="transfer_mode" type="int" enum="NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.TransferMode" default="2"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="method" type="StringName"> - </argument> - <description> - Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Returns an empty [Variant]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="rpc_unreliable" qualifiers="vararg"> - <return type="Variant"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="method" type="StringName"> + <argument index="3" name="channel" type="int" default="0"> </argument> <description> - Sends a [method rpc] using an unreliable protocol. Returns an empty [Variant]. + Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]method[/code] to the given [code]rpc_mode[/code], optionally specifying the [code]transfer_mode[/code] and [code]channel[/code] (on supported peers). See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode] and [enum NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.TransferMode]. An alternative is annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords ([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], [code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). By default, methods are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). </description> </method> - <method name="rpc_unreliable_id" qualifiers="vararg"> + <method name="rpc_id" qualifiers="vararg"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="peer_id" type="int"> @@ -692,66 +676,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="method" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] using an unreliable protocol (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Returns an empty [Variant]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="rset"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="property" type="StringName"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant"> - </argument> - <description> - Remotely changes a property's value on other peers (and locally). Behaviour depends on the RPC configuration for the given property, see [method rset_config]. See also [method rpc] for RPCs for methods, most information applies to this method as well. - </description> - </method> - <method name="rset_config"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="property" type="StringName"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode"> - </argument> - <description> - Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]property[/code] to the given [code]mode[/code]. See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode]. An alternative is annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords ([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], [code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). By default, properties are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). See also [method rpc] and [method rpc_config] for methods. - </description> - </method> - <method name="rset_id"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="peer_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="property" type="StringName"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="value" type="Variant"> - </argument> - <description> - Remotely changes the property's value on a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). - </description> - </method> - <method name="rset_unreliable"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="property" type="StringName"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant"> - </argument> - <description> - Remotely changes the property's value on other peers (and locally) using an unreliable protocol. - </description> - </method> - <method name="rset_unreliable_id"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="peer_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="property" type="StringName"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="value" type="Variant"> - </argument> - <description> - Remotely changes property's value on a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] using an unreliable protocol (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). + Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Returns an empty [Variant]. </description> </method> <method name="set_display_folded"> @@ -856,12 +781,12 @@ Sets whether this is an instance load placeholder. See [InstancePlaceholder]. </description> </method> - <method name="update_configuration_warning"> + <method name="update_configuration_warnings"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> Updates the warning displayed for this node in the Scene Dock. - Use [method _get_configuration_warning] to setup the warning message to display. + Use [method _get_configuration_warnings] to setup the warning message to display. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -969,6 +894,12 @@ <constant name="NOTIFICATION_POST_ENTER_TREE" value="27"> Notification received when the node is ready, just before [constant NOTIFICATION_READY] is received. Unlike the latter, it's sent every time the node enters tree, instead of only once. </constant> + <constant name="NOTIFICATION_EDITOR_PRE_SAVE" value="9001"> + Notification received right before the scene with the node is saved in the editor. This notification is only sent in the Godot editor and will not occur in exported projects. + </constant> + <constant name="NOTIFICATION_EDITOR_POST_SAVE" value="9002"> + Notification received right after the scene with the node is saved in the editor. This notification is only sent in the Godot editor and will not occur in exported projects. + </constant> <constant name="NOTIFICATION_WM_MOUSE_ENTER" value="1002"> Notification received from the OS when the mouse enters the game window. Implemented on desktop and web platforms. diff --git a/doc/classes/Node2D.xml b/doc/classes/Node2D.xml index eed0ec8d7e..8ca945418c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node2D.xml @@ -150,11 +150,15 @@ <member name="transform" type="Transform2D" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform"> Local [Transform2D]. </member> + <member name="y_sort_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_y_sort_enabled" getter="is_y_sort_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], child nodes with the lowest Y position are drawn before those with a higher Y position. If [code]false[/code], Y-sorting is disabled. Y-sorting only affects children that inherit from [CanvasItem]. + You can nest nodes with Y-sorting. Child Y-sorted nodes are sorted in the same space as the parent Y-sort. This feature allows you to organize a scene better or divide it into multiple ones without changing your scene tree. + </member> <member name="z_as_relative" type="bool" setter="set_z_as_relative" getter="is_z_relative" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the node's Z index is relative to its parent's Z index. If this node's Z index is 2 and its parent's effective Z index is 3, then this node's effective Z index will be 2 + 3 = 5. </member> <member name="z_index" type="int" setter="set_z_index" getter="get_z_index" default="0"> - Z index. Controls the order in which the nodes render. A node with a higher Z index will display in front of others. + Z index. Controls the order in which the nodes render. A node with a higher Z index will display in front of others. Must be between [constant RenderingServer.CANVAS_ITEM_Z_MIN] and [constant RenderingServer.CANVAS_ITEM_Z_MAX] (inclusive). </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node3D.xml b/doc/classes/Node3D.xml index 5c29c0d48f..a6237708c6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node3D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Most basic 3D game object, parent of all 3D-related nodes. </brief_description> <description> - Most basic 3D game object, with a 3D [Transform] and visibility settings. All other 3D game objects inherit from Node3D. Use [Node3D] as a parent node to move, scale, rotate and show/hide children in a 3D project. + Most basic 3D game object, with a 3D [Transform3D] and visibility settings. All other 3D game objects inherit from Node3D. Use [Node3D] as a parent node to move, scale, rotate and show/hide children in a 3D project. Affine operations (rotate, scale, translate) happen in parent's local coordinate system, unless the [Node3D] object is set as top-level. Affine operations in this coordinate system correspond to direct affine operations on the [Node3D]'s transform. The word local below refers to this coordinate system. The coordinate system that is attached to the [Node3D] object itself is referred to as object-local coordinate system. [b]Note:[/b] Unless otherwise specified, all methods that have angle parameters must have angles specified as [i]radians[/i]. To convert degrees to radians, use [method @GlobalScope.deg2rad]. </description> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Resets this node's transformations (like scale, skew and taper) preserving its rotation and translation by performing Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on this node's [Transform]. + Resets this node's transformations (like scale, skew and taper) preserving its rotation and translation by performing Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on this node's [Transform3D]. </description> </method> <method name="rotate"> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Reset all transformations for this node (sets its [Transform] to the identity matrix). + Reset all transformations for this node (sets its [Transform3D] to the identity matrix). </description> </method> <method name="set_ignore_transform_notification"> @@ -288,8 +288,11 @@ <member name="gizmo" type="Node3DGizmo" setter="set_gizmo" getter="get_gizmo"> The [Node3DGizmo] for this node. Used for example in [EditorNode3DGizmo] as custom visualization and editing handles in Editor. </member> - <member name="global_transform" type="Transform" setter="set_global_transform" getter="get_global_transform"> - World3D space (global) [Transform] of this node. + <member name="global_transform" type="Transform3D" setter="set_global_transform" getter="get_global_transform"> + World3D space (global) [Transform3D] of this node. + </member> + <member name="position" type="Vector3" setter="set_position" getter="get_position" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> + Local position or translation of this node relative to the parent. This is equivalent to [code]transform.origin[/code]. </member> <member name="rotation" type="Vector3" setter="set_rotation" getter="get_rotation"> Rotation part of the local transformation in radians, specified in terms of YXZ-Euler angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle). @@ -304,11 +307,8 @@ <member name="top_level" type="bool" setter="set_as_top_level" getter="is_set_as_top_level" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the node will not inherit its transformations from its parent. Node transformations are only in global space. </member> - <member name="transform" type="Transform" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - Local space [Transform] of this node, with respect to the parent node. - </member> - <member name="translation" type="Vector3" setter="set_translation" getter="get_translation" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - Local translation of this node. + <member name="transform" type="Transform3D" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + Local space [Transform3D] of this node, with respect to the parent node. </member> <member name="visible" type="bool" setter="set_visible" getter="is_visible" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], this node is drawn. The node is only visible if all of its antecedents are visible as well (in other words, [method is_visible_in_tree] must return [code]true[/code]). diff --git a/doc/classes/OS.xml b/doc/classes/OS.xml index 8c90108aef..c755c73465 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OS.xml @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Returns the command-line arguments passed to the engine. Command-line arguments can be written in any form, including both [code]--key value[/code] and [code]--key=value[/code] forms so they can be properly parsed, as long as custom command-line arguments do not conflict with engine arguments. You can also incorporate environment variables using the [method get_environment] method. - You can set [code]editor/main_run_args[/code] in the Project Settings to define command-line arguments to be passed by the editor when running the project. + You can set [member ProjectSettings.editor/run/main_run_args] to define command-line arguments to be passed by the editor when running the project. Here's a minimal example on how to parse command-line arguments into a dictionary using the [code]--key=value[/code] form for arguments: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -221,6 +221,13 @@ Returns the path to the current engine executable. </description> </method> + <method name="get_external_data_dir" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + On Android, returns the absolute directory path where user data can be written to external storage if available. On all other platforms, this will return the same location as [method get_user_data_dir]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_granted_permissions" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> @@ -348,6 +355,7 @@ </return> <description> Returns a string that is unique to the device. + [b]Note:[/b] This string may change without notice if the user reinstalls/upgrades their operating system or changes their hardware. This means it should generally not be used to encrypt persistent data as the data saved prior to an unexpected ID change would become inaccessible. The returned string may also be falsified using external programs, so do not rely on the string returned by [method get_unique_id] for security purposes. [b]Note:[/b] Returns an empty string on HTML5 and UWP, as this method isn't implemented on those platforms yet. </description> </method> @@ -356,7 +364,7 @@ </return> <description> Returns the current UNIX epoch timestamp in seconds. - [b]Important:[/b] This is the system clock that the user can manully set. [b]Never use[/b] this method for precise time calculation since its results are also subject to automatic adjustments by the operating system. [b]Always use[/b] [method get_ticks_usec] or [method get_ticks_msec] for precise time calculation instead, since they are guaranteed to be monotonic (i.e. never decrease). + [b]Important:[/b] This is the system clock that the user can manually set. [b]Never use[/b] this method for precise time calculation since its results are also subject to automatic adjustments by the operating system. [b]Always use[/b] [method get_ticks_usec] or [method get_ticks_msec] for precise time calculation instead, since they are guaranteed to be monotonic (i.e. never decrease). </description> </method> <method name="get_unix_time_from_datetime" qualifiers="const"> @@ -367,7 +375,7 @@ <description> Gets an epoch time value from a dictionary of time values. [code]datetime[/code] must be populated with the following keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], [code]second[/code]. - If the dictionary is empty [code]0[/code] is returned. + If the dictionary is empty [code]0[/code] is returned. If some keys are omitted, they default to the equivalent values for the UNIX epoch timestamp 0 (1970-01-01 at 00:00:00 UTC). You can pass the output from [method get_datetime_from_unix_time] directly into this function. Daylight Savings Time ([code]dst[/code]), if present, is ignored. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Occluder3D.xml b/doc/classes/Occluder3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc676c2b49 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/Occluder3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="Occluder3D" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="indices" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_indices" getter="get_indices" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> + </member> + <member name="vertices" type="PackedVector3Array" setter="set_vertices" getter="get_vertices" default="PackedVector3Array( )"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/OccluderInstance3D.xml b/doc/classes/OccluderInstance3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76b784d21d --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/OccluderInstance3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="OccluderInstance3D" inherits="Node3D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_bake_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_bake_mask_bit"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="bake_mask" type="int" setter="set_bake_mask" getter="get_bake_mask" default="4294967295"> + </member> + <member name="occluder" type="Occluder3D" setter="set_occluder" getter="get_occluder"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml index a668c09fda..0652cf0aa1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml @@ -61,6 +61,114 @@ Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data compressed. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. </description> </method> + <method name="decode_double" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_float" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_half" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_s16" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_s32" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_s64" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_s8" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_u16" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_u32" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_u64" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_u8" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_var" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="decode_var_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="decompress" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> @@ -92,6 +200,137 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="encode_double"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_float"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_half"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_s16"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_s32"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_s64"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_s8"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_u16"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_u32"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_u64"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_u8"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="encode_var"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_string_from_ascii" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -129,6 +368,16 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="has_encoded_var" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="byte_offset" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="hex_encode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -157,13 +406,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -230,6 +472,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml index 99b0f0486a..19cfcd7c87 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="Color"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -79,13 +88,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -152,6 +154,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml index 99c2d3cf7e..ab97c9a695 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml @@ -60,6 +60,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -80,13 +89,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -118,6 +120,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="operator []" qualifiers="operator"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="push_back"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -145,6 +155,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml index 5a6d4a48c4..ad20801b01 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml @@ -60,6 +60,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -80,13 +89,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -153,6 +155,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml index a6cf311bc2..ff4729082e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml @@ -60,6 +60,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -80,13 +89,6 @@ Inserts a new integer at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -153,6 +155,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml index 05c7c0e072..195b12b129 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml @@ -60,6 +60,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -80,13 +89,6 @@ Inserts a new integer at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -153,6 +155,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml index 9a2ea21624..22458832da 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml @@ -60,6 +60,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -80,13 +89,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -153,6 +155,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml index 7549d4a029..6c8791f988 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml @@ -60,6 +60,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -80,13 +89,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -161,6 +163,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml index a55d2eeaed..00ded39082 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> + <method name="fill"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="Vector3"> + </argument> + <description> + Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. + </description> + </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -79,13 +88,6 @@ Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="reverse"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Reverses the order of the elements in the array. - </description> - </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -104,7 +106,7 @@ <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="PackedVector3Array"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -160,6 +162,13 @@ Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new size. </description> </method> + <method name="reverse"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Reverses the order of the elements in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml index d7cf6cc8c6..5d059ad3df 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml @@ -9,11 +9,27 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="bind"> + <return type="int" enum="Error"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="port" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bind_address" type="String" default=""*""> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="recv_buf_size" type="int" default="65536"> + </argument> + <description> + Binds this [PacketPeerUDP] to the specified [code]port[/code] and [code]address[/code] with a buffer size [code]recv_buf_size[/code], allowing it to receive incoming packets. + If [code]address[/code] is set to [code]"*"[/code] (default), the peer will be bound on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6). + If [code]address[/code] is set to [code]"0.0.0.0"[/code] (for IPv4) or [code]"::"[/code] (for IPv6), the peer will be bound to all available addresses matching that IP type. + If [code]address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. [code]"192.168.1.101"[/code], [code]"::1"[/code], etc), the peer will only be bound to the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface with the given address exists). + </description> + </method> <method name="close"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Closes the UDP socket the [PacketPeerUDP] is currently listening on. + Closes the [PacketPeerUDP]'s underlying UDP socket. </description> </method> <method name="connect_to_host"> @@ -28,6 +44,13 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Connecting to the remote peer does not help to protect from malicious attacks like IP spoofing, etc. Think about using an encryption technique like SSL or DTLS if you feel like your application is transferring sensitive information. </description> </method> + <method name="get_local_port" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the local port to which this peer is bound. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_packet_ip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -42,18 +65,18 @@ Returns the port of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var]). </description> </method> - <method name="is_connected_to_host" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="is_bound" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the UDP socket is open and has been connected to a remote address. See [method connect_to_host]. + Returns whether this [PacketPeerUDP] is bound to an address and can receive packets. </description> </method> - <method name="is_listening" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="is_connected_to_host" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns whether this [PacketPeerUDP] is listening. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the UDP socket is open and has been connected to a remote address. See [method connect_to_host]. </description> </method> <method name="join_multicast_group"> @@ -80,22 +103,6 @@ Removes the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code] from the multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="listen"> - <return type="int" enum="Error"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="port" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="bind_address" type="String" default=""*""> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="recv_buf_size" type="int" default="65536"> - </argument> - <description> - Makes this [PacketPeerUDP] listen on the [code]port[/code] binding to [code]bind_address[/code] with a buffer size [code]recv_buf_size[/code]. - If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to [code]"*"[/code] (default), the peer will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6). - If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to [code]"0.0.0.0"[/code] (for IPv4) or [code]"::"[/code] (for IPv6), the peer will listen on all available addresses matching that IP type. - If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. [code]"192.168.1.101"[/code], [code]"::1"[/code], etc), the peer will only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface with the given address exists). - </description> - </method> <method name="set_broadcast_enabled"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -122,7 +129,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> <description> - Waits for a packet to arrive on the listening port. See [method listen]. + Waits for a packet to arrive on the bound address. See [method bind]. [b]Note:[/b] [method wait] can't be interrupted once it has been called. This can be worked around by allowing the other party to send a specific "death pill" packet like this: [codeblocks] [gdscript] diff --git a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml index 6d7f99a55b..3c364b621a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ </member> <member name="collision_bounce" type="float" setter="set_collision_bounce" getter="get_collision_bounce" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="collision_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_collision_enabled" getter="is_collision_enabled" default="true"> + <member name="collision_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_collision_enabled" getter="is_collision_enabled" default="false"> </member> <member name="collision_friction" type="float" setter="set_collision_friction" getter="get_collision_friction" default="0.0"> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cea75bad52 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="PhysicalBone2D" inherits="RigidBody2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A 2D node that can be used for physically aware bones in 2D. + </brief_description> + <description> + The [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node is a [RigidBody2D]-based node that can be used to make [Bone2D] nodes in a [Skeleton2D] react to physics. This node is very similar to the [PhysicalBone3D] node, just for 2D instead of 3D. + [b]Note:[/b] To have the Bone2D nodes visually follow the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node, use a [SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones] modification on the [Skeleton2D] node with the [Bone2D] nodes. + [b]Note:[/b] The PhysicalBone2D node does not automatically create a [Joint2D] node to keep [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] nodes together. You will need to create these manually. For most cases, you want to use a [PinJoint2D] node. The [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node can automatically configure the [Joint2D] node once it's been created as a child node. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_joint" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Joint2D"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the first [Joint2D] child node, if one exists. This is mainly a helper function to make it easier to get the [Joint2D] that the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] is autoconfiguring. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_simulating_physics" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a boolean that indicates whether the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node is running and simulating using the Godot 2D physics engine. When [code]true[/code], the PhysicalBone2D node is using physics. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="auto_configure_joint" type="bool" setter="set_auto_configure_joint" getter="get_auto_configure_joint" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node will automatically configure the first [Joint2D] child node. The automatic configuration is limited to setting up the node properties and positioning the [Joint2D]. + </member> + <member name="bone2d_index" type="int" setter="set_bone2d_index" getter="get_bone2d_index" default="-1"> + The index of the [Bone2D] node that this [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node is supposed to be simulating. + </member> + <member name="bone2d_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_bone2d_nodepath" getter="get_bone2d_nodepath" default="NodePath("")"> + The [NodePath] to the [Bone2D] node that this [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node is supposed to be simulating. + </member> + <member name="follow_bone_when_simulating" type="bool" setter="set_follow_bone_when_simulating" getter="get_follow_bone_when_simulating" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] will keep the transform of the bone it is bound to when simulating physics. + </member> + <member name="simulate_physics" type="bool" setter="set_simulate_physics" getter="get_simulate_physics" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] will start simulating using physics. If [code]false[/code], the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] will follow the transform of the [Bone2D] node. + [b]Note:[/b] To have the Bone2D nodes visually follow the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node, use a [SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones] modification on the [Skeleton2D] node with the [Bone2D] nodes. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml index 38d9f722b1..5d15590a3f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml @@ -25,14 +25,6 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="get_axis_lock" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> <method name="get_bone_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -51,40 +43,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="set_axis_lock"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="lock" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="angular_damp" type="float" setter="set_angular_damp" getter="get_angular_damp" default="-1.0"> Damps the body's rotation if greater than [code]0[/code]. </member> - <member name="axis_lock_angular_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's rotation in the X axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_angular_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's rotation in the Y axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_angular_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's rotation in the Z axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_linear_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's movement in the X axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_linear_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's movement in the Y axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_linear_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's movement in the Z axis. - </member> - <member name="body_offset" type="Transform" setter="set_body_offset" getter="get_body_offset" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <member name="body_offset" type="Transform3D" setter="set_body_offset" getter="get_body_offset" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> Sets the body's transform. </member> <member name="bounce" type="float" setter="set_bounce" getter="get_bounce" default="0.0"> @@ -99,7 +63,7 @@ <member name="gravity_scale" type="float" setter="set_gravity_scale" getter="get_gravity_scale" default="1.0"> This is multiplied by the global 3D gravity setting found in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b] to produce the body's gravity. For example, a value of 1 will be normal gravity, 2 will apply double gravity, and 0.5 will apply half gravity to this object. </member> - <member name="joint_offset" type="Transform" setter="set_joint_offset" getter="get_joint_offset" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <member name="joint_offset" type="Transform3D" setter="set_joint_offset" getter="get_joint_offset" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> Sets the joint's transform. </member> <member name="joint_rotation" type="Vector3" setter="set_joint_rotation" getter="get_joint_rotation"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml index 9c3c47afba..654b0fb668 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml @@ -26,22 +26,23 @@ Returns an array of nodes that were added as collision exceptions for this body. </description> </method> - <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="move_and_collide"> + <return type="KinematicCollision2D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="rel_vec" type="Vector2"> </argument> - <description> - Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="exclude_raycast_shapes" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="test_only" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.08"> </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]. + Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about the collision. + If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. + [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody2D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> @@ -53,38 +54,29 @@ Removes a body from the list of bodies that this body can't collide with. </description> </method> - <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="test_move"> + <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Transform2D"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + <argument index="1" name="rel_vec" type="Vector2"> </argument> - <description> - Sets individual bits on the [member collision_layer] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="2" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="exclude_raycast_shapes" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="collision" type="KinematicCollision2D" default="null"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + <argument index="5" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.08"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the [member collision_mask] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform2D], then tries to move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would occur. + [code]collision[/code] is an optional object of type [KinematicCollision2D], which contains additional information about the collision (should there be one). + [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody2D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). </description> </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> - The physics layers this area is in. - Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the [member collision_mask] property. - A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> - The physics layers this area scans for collisions. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> <member name="input_pickable" type="bool" setter="set_pickable" getter="is_pickable" override="true" default="false" /> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml index 7de65603f9..1ec38000be 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml @@ -19,29 +19,39 @@ Adds a body to the list of bodies that this body can't collide with. </description> </method> - <method name="get_collision_exceptions"> - <return type="PhysicsBody3D[]"> + <method name="get_axis_lock" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> + </argument> <description> - Returns an array of nodes that were added as collision exceptions for this body. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified linear or rotational [code]axis[/code] is locked. </description> </method> - <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="get_collision_exceptions"> + <return type="PhysicsBody3D[]"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]. + Returns an array of nodes that were added as collision exceptions for this body. </description> </method> - <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="move_and_collide"> + <return type="KinematicCollision3D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="rel_vec" type="Vector3"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="exclude_raycast_shapes" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="test_only" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.001"> </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]. + Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision3D], which contains information about the collision. + If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. + [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody3D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> @@ -53,37 +63,57 @@ Removes a body from the list of bodies that this body can't collide with. </description> </method> - <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> + <method name="set_axis_lock"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + <argument index="1" name="lock" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the [member collision_layer] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Locks or unlocks the specified linear or rotational [code]axis[/code] depending on the value of [code]lock[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="test_move"> + <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Transform3D"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="rel_vec" type="Vector3"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + <argument index="3" name="exclude_raycast_shapes" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="collision" type="KinematicCollision3D" default="null"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.001"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the [member collision_mask] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform3D], then tries to move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would occur. + [code]collision[/code] is an optional object of type [KinematicCollision3D], which contains additional information about the collision (should there be one). + [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody3D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). </description> </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> - The physics layers this area is in. - Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the [member collision_mask] property. - A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. + <member name="axis_lock_angular_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> + Lock the body's rotation in the X axis. + </member> + <member name="axis_lock_angular_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> + Lock the body's rotation in the Y axis. + </member> + <member name="axis_lock_angular_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> + Lock the body's rotation in the Z axis. + </member> + <member name="axis_lock_linear_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> + Lock the body's linear movement in the X axis. + </member> + <member name="axis_lock_linear_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> + Lock the body's linear movement in the Y axis. </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> - The physics layers this area scans for collisions. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. + <member name="axis_lock_linear_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> + Lock the body's linear movement in the Z axis. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml index dfc0ab909a..66ff16a3ce 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Direct access object to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer2D]. </brief_description> <description> - Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer2D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of rigid/character bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody2D._integrate_forces]. + Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer2D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of dynamic bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody2D._integrate_forces]. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Ray-casting">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml index eea681e696..7cb3a56338 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Direct access object to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer3D]. </brief_description> <description> - Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer3D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of rigid/character bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody3D._integrate_forces]. + Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer3D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of dynamic bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody3D._integrate_forces]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ <member name="total_linear_damp" type="float" setter="" getter="get_total_linear_damp"> The rate at which the body stops moving, if there are not any other forces moving it. </member> - <member name="transform" type="Transform" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform"> + <member name="transform" type="Transform3D" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform"> The body's transformation matrix. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml index 701a430538..4c2abcb087 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml @@ -659,11 +659,9 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="receiver" type="Object"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="method" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="callable" type="Callable"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="userdata" type="Variant" default="null"> + <argument index="2" name="userdata" type="Variant" default="null"> </argument> <description> Sets the function used to calculate physics for an object, if that object allows it (see [method body_set_omit_force_integration]). @@ -1020,6 +1018,15 @@ Activates or deactivates the 2D physics engine. </description> </method> + <method name="set_collision_iterations"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="iterations" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the amount of iterations for calculating velocities of colliding bodies. The greater the amount, the more accurate the collisions, but with a performance loss. + </description> + </method> <method name="shape_get_data" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> @@ -1200,16 +1207,16 @@ This area replaces any gravity/damp calculated so far, but keeps calculating the rest of the areas, down to the default one. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_STATIC" value="0" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for static bodies. + Constant for static bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_KINEMATIC" value="1" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for kinematic bodies. + Constant for kinematic bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code and collides with other bodies along its path. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_MODE_RIGID" value="2" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for rigid bodies. + <constant name="BODY_MODE_DYNAMIC" value="2" enum="BodyMode"> + Constant for dynamic bodies. In this mode, a body can be pushed by other bodies and has forces applied. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_MODE_CHARACTER" value="3" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for rigid bodies in character mode. In this mode, a body can not rotate, and only its linear velocity is affected by physics. + <constant name="BODY_MODE_DYNAMIC_LOCKED" value="3" enum="BodyMode"> + Constant for locked dynamic bodies. In this mode, a body is dynamic but can not rotate, and only its linear velocity is affected by external forces. </constant> <constant name="BODY_PARAM_BOUNCE" value="0" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's bounce factor. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml index c61347ba0b..2972d5155c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="shape" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="area_get_shape_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="area" type="RID"> </argument> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="area_get_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="area" type="RID"> </argument> @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the transform matrix for an area shape. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="area" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the transform matrix for an area. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="shape" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> @@ -443,14 +443,6 @@ Returns the [PhysicsDirectBodyState3D] of the body. </description> </method> - <method name="body_get_kinematic_safe_margin" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> <method name="body_get_max_contacts_reported" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -510,7 +502,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="body_get_shape_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> </argument> @@ -653,26 +645,14 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="receiver" type="Object"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="method" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="callable" type="Callable"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="userdata" type="Variant" default="null"> + <argument index="2" name="userdata" type="Variant" default="null"> </argument> <description> Sets the function used to calculate physics for an object, if that object allows it (see [method body_set_omit_force_integration]). </description> </method> - <method name="body_set_kinematic_safe_margin"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="margin" type="float"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> <method name="body_set_max_contacts_reported"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -762,7 +742,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the transform matrix for a body shape. @@ -1019,11 +999,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="body_A" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="local_ref_A" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="local_ref_A" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="body_B" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="local_ref_B" type="Transform"> + <argument index="4" name="local_ref_B" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -1035,11 +1015,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="body_A" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="local_ref_A" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="local_ref_A" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="body_B" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="local_ref_B" type="Transform"> + <argument index="4" name="local_ref_B" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -1051,11 +1031,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="body_A" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="hinge_A" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="hinge_A" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="body_B" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="hinge_B" type="Transform"> + <argument index="4" name="hinge_B" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -1083,11 +1063,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="body_A" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="local_ref_A" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="local_ref_A" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="body_B" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="local_ref_B" type="Transform"> + <argument index="4" name="local_ref_B" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -1597,16 +1577,16 @@ This area replaces any gravity/damp calculated so far, but keeps calculating the rest of the areas, down to the default one. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_STATIC" value="0" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for static bodies. + Constant for static bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_KINEMATIC" value="1" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for kinematic bodies. + Constant for kinematic bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code and collides with other bodies along its path. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_MODE_RIGID" value="2" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for rigid bodies. + <constant name="BODY_MODE_DYNAMIC" value="2" enum="BodyMode"> + Constant for dynamic bodies. In this mode, a body can be pushed by other bodies and has forces applied. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_MODE_CHARACTER" value="3" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for rigid bodies in character mode. In this mode, a body can not rotate, and only its linear velocity is affected by physics. + <constant name="BODY_MODE_DYNAMIC_LOCKED" value="3" enum="BodyMode"> + Constant for locked dynamic bodies. In this mode, a body is dynamic but can not rotate, and only its linear velocity is affected by external forces. </constant> <constant name="BODY_PARAM_BOUNCE" value="0" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's bounce factor. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml index 4b43ea66fc..79bc29057f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </member> - <member name="transform" type="Transform" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <member name="transform" type="Transform3D" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> The queried shape's transform matrix. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml b/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml index 42155a7f25..ed45149cdf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Pin joint for 2D shapes. </brief_description> <description> - Pin joint for 2D rigid bodies. It pins two bodies (rigid or static) together. + Pin joint for 2D rigid bodies. It pins two bodies (dynamic or static) together. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/PinJoint3D.xml b/doc/classes/PinJoint3D.xml index 267ea38873..37a85e497f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PinJoint3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PinJoint3D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Pin joint for 3D PhysicsBodies. </brief_description> <description> - Pin joint for 3D rigid bodies. It pins 2 bodies (rigid or static) together. See also [Generic6DOFJoint3D]. + Pin joint for 3D rigid bodies. It pins 2 bodies (dynamic or static) together. See also [Generic6DOFJoint3D]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml index 8b73bcb9c1..3892633654 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="custom_aabb" type="AABB" setter="set_custom_aabb" getter="get_custom_aabb" default="AABB( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> - Overrides the [AABB] with one defined by user for use with frustum culling. Especially useful to avoid unexpected culling when using a shader to offset vertices. + Overrides the [AABB] with one defined by user for use with frustum culling. Especially useful to avoid unexpected culling when using a shader to offset vertices. </member> <member name="flip_faces" type="bool" setter="set_flip_faces" getter="get_flip_faces" default="false"> If set, the order of the vertices in each triangle are reversed resulting in the backside of the mesh being drawn. diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index 5b9150ab04..efd4793b4c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ <description> Contains global variables accessible from everywhere. Use [method get_setting], [method set_setting] or [method has_setting] to access them. Variables stored in [code]project.godot[/code] are also loaded into ProjectSettings, making this object very useful for reading custom game configuration options. When naming a Project Settings property, use the full path to the setting including the category. For example, [code]"application/config/name"[/code] for the project name. Category and property names can be viewed in the Project Settings dialog. - [b]Overriding:[/b] Any project setting can be overridden by creating a file named [code]override.cfg[/code] in the project's root directory. This can also be used in exported projects by placing this file in the same directory as the project binary. + [b]Feature tags:[/b] Project settings can be overridden for specific platforms and configurations (debug, release, ...) using [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/export/feature_tags.html]feature tags[/url]. + [b]Overriding:[/b] Any project setting can be overridden by creating a file named [code]override.cfg[/code] in the project's root directory. This can also be used in exported projects by placing this file in the same directory as the project binary. Overriding will still take the base project settings' [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/export/feature_tags.html]feature tags[/url] in account. Therefore, make sure to [i]also[/i] override the setting with the desired feature tags if you want them to override base project settings on all platforms and configurations. </description> <tutorials> <link title="3D Physics Tests Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675</link> @@ -255,8 +256,8 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Changing this value will also change the user data folder's path if [member application/config/use_custom_user_dir] is [code]false[/code]. After renaming the project, you will no longer be able to access existing data in [code]user://[/code] unless you rename the old folder to match the new project name. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/data_paths.html]Data paths[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> <member name="application/config/project_settings_override" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> - Specifies a file to override project settings. For example: [code]user://custom_settings.cfg[/code]. - [b]Note:[/b] Regardless of this setting's value, [code]res://override.cfg[/code] will still be read to override the project settings (see this class' description at the top). + Specifies a file to override project settings. For example: [code]user://custom_settings.cfg[/code]. See "Overriding" in the [ProjectSettings] class description at the top for more information. + [b]Note:[/b] Regardless of this setting's value, [code]res://override.cfg[/code] will still be read to override the project settings. </member> <member name="application/config/use_custom_user_dir" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the project will save user data to its own user directory (see [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name]). This setting is only effective on desktop platforms. A name must be set in the [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name] setting for this to take effect. If [code]false[/code], the project will save user data to [code](OS user data directory)/Godot/app_userdata/(project name)[/code]. @@ -493,8 +494,9 @@ <member name="display/window/energy_saving/keep_screen_on" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], keeps the screen on (even in case of inactivity), so the screensaver does not take over. Works on desktop and mobile platforms. </member> - <member name="display/window/handheld/orientation" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""landscape""> - Default orientation on mobile devices. + <member name="display/window/handheld/orientation" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + The default screen orientation to use on mobile devices. See [enum DisplayServer.ScreenOrientation] for possible values. + [b]Note:[/b] When set to a portrait orientation, this project setting does not flip the project resolution's width and height automatically. Instead, you have to set [member display/window/size/width] and [member display/window/size/height] accordingly. </member> <member name="display/window/ios/hide_home_indicator" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the home indicator is hidden automatically. This only affects iOS devices without a physical home button. @@ -541,7 +543,15 @@ <member name="editor/node_naming/name_num_separator" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> What to use to separate node name from number. This is mostly an editor setting. </member> - <member name="editor/script/search_in_file_extensions" type="PackedStringArray" setter="" getter="" default="PackedStringArray( "gd", "shader" )"> + <member name="editor/run/main_run_args" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> + The command-line arguments to append to Godot's own command line when running the project. This doesn't affect the editor itself. + It is possible to make another executable run Godot by using the [code]%command%[/code] placeholder. The placeholder will be replaced with Godot's own command line. Program-specific arguments should be placed [i]before[/i] the placeholder, whereas Godot-specific arguments should be placed [i]after[/i] the placeholder. + For example, this can be used to force the project to run on the dedicated GPU in a NVIDIA Optimus system on Linux: + [codeblock] + prime-run %command% + [/codeblock] + </member> + <member name="editor/script/search_in_file_extensions" type="PackedStringArray" setter="" getter="" default="PackedStringArray( "gd", "gdshader" )"> Text-based file extensions to include in the script editor's "Find in Files" feature. You can add e.g. [code]tscn[/code] if you wish to also parse your scene files, especially if you use built-in scripts which are serialized in the scene files. </member> <member name="editor/script/templates_search_path" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""res://script_templates""> @@ -693,6 +703,8 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_completion_query" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> + <member name="input/ui_text_completion_replace" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + </member> <member name="input/ui_text_dedent" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_delete" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> @@ -723,6 +735,10 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_select_all" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> + <member name="input/ui_text_select_word_under_caret" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + If no selection is currently active, selects the word currently under the caret in text fields. If a selection is currently active, deselects the current selection. + [b]Note:[/b] Currently, this is only implemented in [TextEdit], not [LineEdit]. + </member> <member name="input/ui_text_toggle_insert_mode" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_undo" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> @@ -749,6 +765,11 @@ <member name="internationalization/locale/fallback" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""en""> The locale to fall back to if a translation isn't available in a given language. If left empty, [code]en[/code] (English) will be used. </member> + <member name="internationalization/locale/include_text_server_data" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], text server break iteration rule sets, dictionaries and other optional data are included in the exported project. + [b]Note:[/b] "ICU / HarfBuzz / Graphite" text server data includes dictionaries for Burmese, Chinese, Japanese, Khmer, Lao and Thai as well as Unicode Standard Annex #29 and Unicode Standard Annex #14 word and line breaking rules. Data is about 4 MB large. + [b]Note:[/b] "Fallback" text server does not use additional data. + </member> <member name="internationalization/locale/test" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> If non-empty, this locale will be used when running the project from the editor. </member> @@ -1118,8 +1139,6 @@ <member name="layer_names/3d_render/layer_9" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> Optional name for the 3D render layer 9. If left empty, the layer will display as "Layer 9". </member> - <member name="memory/limits/command_queue/multithreading_queue_size_kb" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="256"> - </member> <member name="memory/limits/message_queue/max_size_kb" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4096"> Godot uses a message queue to defer some function calls. If you run out of space on it (you will see an error), you can increase the size here. </member> @@ -1149,7 +1168,7 @@ <member name="navigation/3d/default_cell_size" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.3"> Default cell size for 3D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_cell_size]. </member> - <member name="navigation/3d/default_edge_connection_margin" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="5.0"> + <member name="navigation/3d/default_edge_connection_margin" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.3"> Default edge connection margin for 3D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_edge_connection_margin]. </member> <member name="network/limits/debugger/max_chars_per_second" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="32768"> @@ -1183,27 +1202,21 @@ The CA certificates bundle to use for SSL connections. If this is set to a non-empty value, this will [i]override[/i] Godot's default [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates.crt]Mozilla certificate bundle[/url]. If left empty, the default certificate bundle will be used. If in doubt, leave this setting empty. </member> - <member name="physics/2d/bp_hash_table_size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4096"> - Size of the hash table used for the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm. - </member> - <member name="physics/2d/cell_size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="128"> - Cell size used for the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm (in pixels). - </member> <member name="physics/2d/default_angular_damp" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="1.0"> The default angular damp in 2D. [b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a stop in one iteration. </member> - <member name="physics/2d/default_gravity" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="98"> - The default gravity strength in 2D. + <member name="physics/2d/default_gravity" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="980.0"> + The default gravity strength in 2D (in pixels per second squared). [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - # Set the default gravity strength to 98. - PhysicsServer2D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().space, PhysicsServer2D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 98) + # Set the default gravity strength to 980. + PhysicsServer2D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().space, PhysicsServer2D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 980) [/gdscript] [csharp] - // Set the default gravity strength to 98. - PhysicsServer2D.AreaSetParam(GetViewport().FindWorld2d().Space, PhysicsServer2D.AreaParameter.Gravity, 98); + // Set the default gravity strength to 980. + PhysicsServer2D.AreaSetParam(GetViewport().FindWorld2d().Space, PhysicsServer2D.AreaParameter.Gravity, 980); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </member> @@ -1225,9 +1238,6 @@ The default linear damp in 2D. [b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a stop in one iteration. </member> - <member name="physics/2d/large_object_surface_threshold_in_cells" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="512"> - Threshold defining the surface size that constitutes a large object with regard to cells in the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm. - </member> <member name="physics/2d/physics_engine" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""DEFAULT""> Sets which physics engine to use for 2D physics. "DEFAULT" and "GodotPhysics2D" are the same, as there is currently no alternative 2D physics server implemented. @@ -1249,7 +1259,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a stop in one iteration. </member> <member name="physics/3d/default_gravity" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="9.8"> - The default gravity strength in 3D. + The default gravity strength in 3D (in meters per second squared). [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -1350,10 +1360,6 @@ [b]FIXME:[/b] No longer valid after DisplayServer split: In such cases, this property is not updated, so use [code]OS.get_current_video_driver[/code] to query it at run-time. </member> - <member name="rendering/driver/rd_renderer/use_low_end_renderer" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> - </member> - <member name="rendering/driver/rd_renderer/use_low_end_renderer.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> - </member> <member name="rendering/driver/threads/thread_model" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1"> Thread model for rendering. Rendering on a thread can vastly improve performance, but synchronizing to the main thread can cause a bit more jitter. </member> @@ -1413,18 +1419,16 @@ </member> <member name="rendering/global_illumination/gi/use_half_resolution" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> </member> - <member name="rendering/global_illumination/gi_probes/anisotropic" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], take additional samples when rendering objects affected by a [GIProbe] to reduce artifacts from only sampling in one direction. - </member> - <member name="rendering/global_illumination/gi_probes/quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1"> - Sets the number of cone samples taken when rendering objects affected by [GIProbe]s. - </member> <member name="rendering/global_illumination/sdfgi/frames_to_converge" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4"> </member> <member name="rendering/global_illumination/sdfgi/frames_to_update_lights" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> </member> <member name="rendering/global_illumination/sdfgi/probe_ray_count" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1"> </member> + <member name="rendering/global_illumination/voxel_gi/anisotropic" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/global_illumination/voxel_gi/quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1"> + </member> <member name="rendering/lightmapping/bake_performance/max_rays_per_pass" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="32"> </member> <member name="rendering/lightmapping/bake_performance/max_rays_per_probe_pass" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="64"> @@ -1463,6 +1467,12 @@ </member> <member name="rendering/mesh_lod/lod_change/threshold_pixels" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="1.0"> </member> + <member name="rendering/occlusion_culling/bvh_build_quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/occlusion_culling/occlusion_rays_per_thread" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="512"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/occlusion_culling/use_occlusion_culling" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + </member> <member name="rendering/reflections/reflection_atlas/reflection_count" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="64"> Number of cubemaps to store in the reflection atlas. The number of [ReflectionProbe]s in a scene will be limited by this amount. A higher number requires more VRAM. </member> @@ -1490,6 +1500,16 @@ <member name="rendering/reflections/sky_reflections/texture_array_reflections.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> Lower-end override for [member rendering/reflections/sky_reflections/texture_array_reflections] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. </member> + <member name="rendering/shader_compiler/shader_cache/compress" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/shader_compiler/shader_cache/enabled" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/shader_compiler/shader_cache/strip_debug" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/shader_compiler/shader_cache/strip_debug.release" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/shader_compiler/shader_cache/use_zstd_compression" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + </member> <member name="rendering/shading/overrides/force_blinn_over_ggx" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Blinn model to generate blurred reflections instead of the GGX model. </member> @@ -1571,6 +1591,10 @@ </member> <member name="rendering/vulkan/descriptor_pools/max_descriptors_per_pool" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="64"> </member> + <member name="rendering/vulkan/rendering/back_end" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="rendering/vulkan/rendering/back_end.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1"> + </member> <member name="rendering/vulkan/staging_buffer/block_size_kb" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="256"> </member> <member name="rendering/vulkan/staging_buffer/max_size_mb" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="128"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Quat.xml b/doc/classes/Quaternion.xml index 1c0a3e37c0..678fb0d44d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Quat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Quaternion.xml @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="Quat" version="4.0"> +<class name="Quaternion" version="4.0"> <brief_description> Quaternion. </brief_description> <description> A unit quaternion used for representing 3D rotations. Quaternions need to be normalized to be used for rotation. - It is similar to Basis, which implements matrix representation of rotations, and can be parametrized using both an axis-angle pair or Euler angles. Basis stores rotation, scale, and shearing, while Quat only stores rotation. + It is similar to Basis, which implements matrix representation of rotations, and can be parametrized using both an axis-angle pair or Euler angles. Basis stores rotation, scale, and shearing, while Quaternion only stores rotation. Due to its compactness and the way it is stored in memory, certain operations (obtaining axis-angle and performing SLERP, in particular) are more efficient and robust against floating-point errors. </description> <tutorials> @@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <description> Constructs a default-initialized quaternion with all components set to [code]0[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="from" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Quat] as a copy of the given [Quat]. + Constructs a [Quaternion] as a copy of the given [Quaternion]. </description> </method> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="arc_from" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="axis" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ Constructs a quaternion that will rotate around the given axis by the specified angle. The axis must be a normalized vector. </description> </method> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="euler" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ Constructs a quaternion that will perform a rotation specified by Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last), given in the vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle). </description> </method> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="Basis"> </argument> @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ Constructs a quaternion from the given [Basis]. </description> </method> - <method name="Quat" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Quat"> + <method name="Quaternion" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> </argument> @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ </description> </method> <method name="cubic_slerp" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="b" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="b" type="Quaternion"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="pre_a" type="Quat"> + <argument index="1" name="pre_a" type="Quaternion"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="post_b" type="Quat"> + <argument index="2" name="post_b" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ <method name="dot" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="with" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="with" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> Returns the dot product of two quaternions. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the quaternion. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaternion and [code]quat[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="normalized" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <description> Returns a copy of the quaternion, normalized to unit length. @@ -161,15 +161,15 @@ <method name="operator !=" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="right" type="float"> </argument> @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="right" type="int"> </argument> @@ -199,35 +199,35 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator +" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator +" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator -" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator -" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator /" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="right" type="float"> </argument> @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator /" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> <argument index="0" name="right" type="int"> </argument> @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ <method name="operator ==" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -259,9 +259,9 @@ </description> </method> <method name="slerp" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> @@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ </description> </method> <method name="slerpni" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ </member> </members> <constants> - <constant name="IDENTITY" value="Quat( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> + <constant name="IDENTITY" value="Quaternion( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> The identity quaternion, representing no rotation. Equivalent to an identity [Basis] matrix. If a vector is transformed by an identity quaternion, it will not change. </constant> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/RDShaderFile.xml b/doc/classes/RDShaderFile.xml index 14e70d53ea..346a97a1c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RDShaderFile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RDShaderFile.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <method name="get_bytecode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RDShaderBytecode"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="version" type="StringName" default="@"""> + <argument index="0" name="version" type="StringName" default="&"""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bytecode" type="RDShaderBytecode"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="version" type="StringName" default="@"""> + <argument index="1" name="version" type="StringName" default="&"""> </argument> <description> </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml b/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml index cd08778c89..13df17cd22 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Captures its surroundings as a cubemap, and stores versions of it with increasing levels of blur to simulate different material roughnesses. - The [ReflectionProbe] is used to create high-quality reflections at the cost of performance. It can be combined with [GIProbe]s and Screen Space Reflections to achieve high quality reflections. [ReflectionProbe]s render all objects within their [member cull_mask], so updating them can be quite expensive. It is best to update them once with the important static objects and then leave them. + The [ReflectionProbe] is used to create high-quality reflections at the cost of performance. It can be combined with [VoxelGI]s and Screen Space Reflections to achieve high quality reflections. [ReflectionProbe]s render all objects within their [member cull_mask], so updating them can be quite expensive. It is best to update them once with the important static objects and then leave them. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Reflection probes">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/reflection_probes.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/RemoteTransform3D.xml b/doc/classes/RemoteTransform3D.xml index bd3da2aea9..453177496f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RemoteTransform3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RemoteTransform3D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="RemoteTransform3D" inherits="Node3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - RemoteTransform3D pushes its own [Transform] to another [Node3D] derived Node in the scene. + RemoteTransform3D pushes its own [Transform3D] to another [Node3D] derived Node in the scene. </brief_description> <description> - RemoteTransform3D pushes its own [Transform] to another [Node3D] derived Node (called the remote node) in the scene. + RemoteTransform3D pushes its own [Transform3D] to another [Node3D] derived Node (called the remote node) in the scene. It can be set to update another Node's position, rotation and/or scale. It can use either global or local coordinates. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml index f82301bcf4..ba19176788 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="camera" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Sets [Transform] of camera. + Sets [Transform3D] of camera. </description> </method> <method name="camera_set_use_vertical_aspect"> @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ Sets the scenario that the instance is in. The scenario is the 3D world that the objects will be displayed in. </description> </method> - <method name="instance_set_surface_material"> + <method name="instance_set_surface_override_material"> <return type="void"> </return> <argument index="0" name="instance" type="RID"> @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="material" type="RID"> </argument> <description> - Sets the material of a specific surface. Equivalent to [method MeshInstance3D.set_surface_material]. + Sets the override material of a specific surface. Equivalent to [method MeshInstance3D.set_surface_override_material]. </description> </method> <method name="instance_set_transform"> @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="instance" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the world space transform of the instance. Equivalent to [member Node3D.transform]. @@ -1894,14 +1894,14 @@ </description> </method> <method name="multimesh_instance_get_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="multimesh" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Transform] of the specified instance. + Returns the [Transform3D] of the specified instance. </description> </method> <method name="multimesh_instance_get_transform_2d" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1948,10 +1948,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Transform] for this instance. Equivalent to [method MultiMesh.set_instance_transform]. + Sets the [Transform3D] for this instance. Equivalent to [method MultiMesh.set_instance_transform]. </description> </method> <method name="multimesh_instance_set_transform_2d"> @@ -1999,6 +1999,24 @@ Sets the number of instances visible at a given time. If -1, all instances that have been allocated are drawn. Equivalent to [member MultiMesh.visible_instance_count]. </description> </method> + <method name="occluder_create"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="occluder_set_mesh"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="PackedVector3Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="arg2" type="PackedInt32Array"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="omni_light_create"> <return type="RID"> </return> @@ -2124,10 +2142,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="particles" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Transform] that will be used by the particles when they first emit. + Sets the [Transform3D] that will be used by the particles when they first emit. </description> </method> <method name="particles_set_emitting"> @@ -2412,6 +2430,16 @@ The scenario is the 3D world that all the visual instances exist in. </description> </method> + <method name="scenario_set_camera_effects"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="scenario" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="effects" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="scenario_set_debug"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -2562,14 +2590,14 @@ </description> </method> <method name="skeleton_bone_get_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="skeleton" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="bone" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Transform] set for a specific bone of this skeleton. + Returns the [Transform3D] set for a specific bone of this skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="skeleton_bone_get_transform_2d" qualifiers="const"> @@ -2590,10 +2618,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="bone" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Transform] for a specific bone of this skeleton. + Sets the [Transform3D] for a specific bone of this skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="skeleton_bone_set_transform_2d"> @@ -2897,6 +2925,22 @@ Sets the anti-aliasing mode. See [enum ViewportMSAA] for options. </description> </method> + <method name="viewport_set_occlusion_culling_build_quality"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="quality" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.ViewportOcclusionCullingBuildQuality"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="viewport_set_occlusion_rays_per_thread"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rays_per_thread" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="viewport_set_parent_viewport"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -3002,6 +3046,16 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="viewport_set_use_occlusion_culling"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="viewport" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enable" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="viewport_set_use_xr"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -3213,7 +3267,7 @@ Use [Transform2D] to store MultiMesh transform. </constant> <constant name="MULTIMESH_TRANSFORM_3D" value="1" enum="MultimeshTransformFormat"> - Use [Transform] to store MultiMesh transform. + Use [Transform3D] to store MultiMesh transform. </constant> <constant name="LIGHT_DIRECTIONAL" value="0" enum="LightType"> Is a directional (sun) light. @@ -3334,7 +3388,7 @@ <constant name="PARTICLES_DRAW_ORDER_LIFETIME" value="1" enum="ParticlesDrawOrder"> Sort particles based on their lifetime. </constant> - <constant name="PARTICLES_DRAW_ORDER_VIEW_DEPTH" value="2" enum="ParticlesDrawOrder"> + <constant name="PARTICLES_DRAW_ORDER_VIEW_DEPTH" value="3" enum="ParticlesDrawOrder"> Sort particles based on their distance to the camera. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_UPDATE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="ViewportUpdateMode"> @@ -3423,14 +3477,14 @@ <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_NORMAL_BUFFER" value="5" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> Normal buffer is drawn instead of regular scene so you can see the per-pixel normals that will be used by post-processing effects. </constant> - <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_GI_PROBE_ALBEDO" value="6" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed with only the albedo value from [GIProbe]s. + <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_VOXEL_GI_ALBEDO" value="6" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> + Objects are displayed with only the albedo value from [VoxelGI]s. </constant> - <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_GI_PROBE_LIGHTING" value="7" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed with only the lighting value from [GIProbe]s. + <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_VOXEL_GI_LIGHTING" value="7" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> + Objects are displayed with only the lighting value from [VoxelGI]s. </constant> - <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_GI_PROBE_EMISSION" value="8" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed with only the emission color from [GIProbe]s. + <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_VOXEL_GI_EMISSION" value="8" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> + Objects are displayed with only the emission color from [VoxelGI]s. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_SHADOW_ATLAS" value="9" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> Draws the shadow atlas that stores shadows from [OmniLight3D]s and [SpotLight3D]s in the upper left quadrant of the [Viewport]. @@ -3454,6 +3508,8 @@ </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_GI_BUFFER" value="17" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_OCCLUDERS" value="23" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> + </constant> <constant name="SKY_MODE_QUALITY" value="1" enum="SkyMode"> Uses high quality importance sampling to process the radiance map. In general, this results in much higher quality than [constant Sky.PROCESS_MODE_REALTIME] but takes much longer to generate. This should not be used if you plan on changing the sky at runtime. If you are finding that the reflection is not blurry enough and is showing sparkles or fireflies, try increasing [member ProjectSettings.rendering/reflections/sky_reflections/ggx_samples]. </constant> @@ -3606,6 +3662,12 @@ <constant name="SCENARIO_DEBUG_SHADELESS" value="3" enum="ScenarioDebugMode"> Draw all objects without shading. Equivalent to setting all objects shaders to [code]unshaded[/code]. </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_OCCLUSION_BUILD_QUALITY_LOW" value="0" enum="ViewportOcclusionCullingBuildQuality"> + </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_OCCLUSION_BUILD_QUALITY_MEDIUM" value="1" enum="ViewportOcclusionCullingBuildQuality"> + </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_OCCLUSION_BUILD_QUALITY_HIGH" value="2" enum="ViewportOcclusionCullingBuildQuality"> + </constant> <constant name="INSTANCE_NONE" value="0" enum="InstanceType"> The instance does not have a type. </constant> @@ -3632,13 +3694,15 @@ <constant name="INSTANCE_DECAL" value="8" enum="InstanceType"> The instance is a decal. </constant> - <constant name="INSTANCE_GI_PROBE" value="9" enum="InstanceType"> - The instance is a GI probe. + <constant name="INSTANCE_VOXEL_GI" value="9" enum="InstanceType"> + The instance is a VoxelGI. </constant> <constant name="INSTANCE_LIGHTMAP" value="10" enum="InstanceType"> The instance is a lightmap. </constant> - <constant name="INSTANCE_MAX" value="11" enum="InstanceType"> + <constant name="INSTANCE_OCCLUDER" value="11" enum="InstanceType"> + </constant> + <constant name="INSTANCE_MAX" value="12" enum="InstanceType"> Represents the size of the [enum InstanceType] enum. </constant> <constant name="INSTANCE_GEOMETRY_MASK" value="30" enum="InstanceType"> @@ -3653,7 +3717,9 @@ <constant name="INSTANCE_FLAG_DRAW_NEXT_FRAME_IF_VISIBLE" value="2" enum="InstanceFlags"> When set, manually requests to draw geometry on next frame. </constant> - <constant name="INSTANCE_FLAG_MAX" value="3" enum="InstanceFlags"> + <constant name="INSTANCE_FLAG_IGNORE_OCCLUSION_CULLING" value="3" enum="InstanceFlags"> + </constant> + <constant name="INSTANCE_FLAG_MAX" value="4" enum="InstanceFlags"> Represents the size of the [enum InstanceFlags] enum. </constant> <constant name="SHADOW_CASTING_SETTING_OFF" value="0" enum="ShadowCastingSetting"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Resource.xml b/doc/classes/Resource.xml index 2548f8d911..75736798fd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Resource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Resource.xml @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ <description> Duplicates the resource, returning a new resource. By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [code]subresources[/code] argument which will copy the subresources. [b]Note:[/b] If [code]subresources[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method will only perform a shallow copy. Nested resources within subresources will not be duplicated and will still be shared. + [b]Note:[/b] When duplicating a resource, only [code]export[/code]ed properties are copied. Other properties will be set to their default value in the new resource. </description> </method> <method name="emit_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml index ecde5754f9..437b0ce730 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Do not save editor-specific metadata (identified by their [code]__editor[/code] prefix). </constant> <constant name="FLAG_SAVE_BIG_ENDIAN" value="16" enum="SaverFlags"> - Save as big endian (see [member File.endian_swap]). + Save as big endian (see [member File.big_endian]). </constant> <constant name="FLAG_COMPRESS" value="32" enum="SaverFlags"> Compress the resource on save using [constant File.COMPRESSION_ZSTD]. Only available for binary resource types. diff --git a/doc/classes/RibbonTrailMesh.xml b/doc/classes/RibbonTrailMesh.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..771f2e444b --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/RibbonTrailMesh.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="RibbonTrailMesh" inherits="PrimitiveMesh" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="curve" type="Curve" setter="set_curve" getter="get_curve"> + </member> + <member name="section_length" type="float" setter="set_section_length" getter="get_section_length" default="0.2"> + </member> + <member name="section_segments" type="int" setter="set_section_segments" getter="get_section_segments" default="3"> + </member> + <member name="sections" type="int" setter="set_sections" getter="get_sections" default="5"> + </member> + <member name="shape" type="int" setter="set_shape" getter="get_shape" enum="RibbonTrailMesh.Shape" default="1"> + </member> + <member name="size" type="float" setter="set_size" getter="get_size" default="1.0"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="SHAPE_FLAT" value="0" enum="Shape"> + </constant> + <constant name="SHAPE_CROSS" value="1" enum="Shape"> + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml index ed375a8b1e..237317daf1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D directly. Instead, you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, friction, and other physical properties. - A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and Kinematic. + A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Dynamic, Static, DynamicLocked, and Kinematic. [b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidBody2D's [code]position[/code] or [code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. Please also keep in mind that physics bodies manage their own transform which overwrites the ones you set. So any direct or indirect transformation (including scaling of the node or its parent) will be visible in the editor only, and immediately reset at runtime. If you need to override the default physics behavior or add a transformation at runtime, you can write a custom force integration. See [member custom_integrator]. @@ -100,21 +100,6 @@ Sets the body's velocity on the given axis. The velocity in the given vector axis will be set as the given vector length. This is useful for jumping behavior. </description> </method> - <method name="test_motion"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="motion" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="infinite_inertia" type="bool" default="true"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="margin" type="float" default="0.08"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="result" type="PhysicsTestMotionResult2D" default="null"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the given vector. [code]margin[/code] increases the size of the shapes involved in the collision detection, and [code]result[/code] is an object of type [PhysicsTestMotionResult2D], which contains additional information about the collision (should there be one). - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="angular_damp" type="float" setter="set_angular_damp" getter="get_angular_damp" default="-1.0"> @@ -132,7 +117,6 @@ </member> <member name="can_sleep" type="bool" setter="set_can_sleep" getter="is_able_to_sleep" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no movement. See [member sleeping]. - [b]Note:[/b] A RigidBody2D will never enter sleep mode automatically if its [member mode] is [constant MODE_CHARACTER]. It can still be put to sleep manually by setting its [member sleeping] property to [code]true[/code]. </member> <member name="contact_monitor" type="bool" setter="set_contact_monitor" getter="is_contact_monitor_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the body will emit signals when it collides with another RigidBody2D. See also [member contacts_reported]. @@ -193,7 +177,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_entered"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node"> </argument> @@ -210,7 +194,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node"> </argument> @@ -234,17 +218,17 @@ </signal> </signals> <constants> - <constant name="MODE_RIGID" value="0" enum="Mode"> - Rigid mode. The body behaves as a physical object. It collides with other bodies and responds to forces applied to it. This is the default mode. + <constant name="MODE_DYNAMIC" value="0" enum="Mode"> + Dynamic body mode. This is the default mode of a rigid body. It is affected by forces, and can move, rotate, and be affected by user code. </constant> <constant name="MODE_STATIC" value="1" enum="Mode"> - Static mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody2D] and does not move. + Static body mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody2D], and must be moved by code. </constant> - <constant name="MODE_CHARACTER" value="2" enum="Mode"> - Character mode. Similar to [constant MODE_RIGID], but the body can not rotate. + <constant name="MODE_DYNAMIC_LOCKED" value="2" enum="Mode"> + Locked dynamic body mode. Similar to [constant MODE_DYNAMIC], but the body can not rotate. </constant> <constant name="MODE_KINEMATIC" value="3" enum="Mode"> - Kinematic mode. The body behaves like a [KinematicBody2D], and must be moved by code. + Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody2D] with [member StaticBody2D.kinematic_motion] enabled, and must be moved by user code. </constant> <constant name="CCD_MODE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="CCDMode"> Continuous collision detection disabled. This is the fastest way to detect body collisions, but can miss small, fast-moving objects. diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml index 1c6c8852a9..e3349169ff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> This is the node that implements full 3D physics. This means that you do not control a RigidBody3D directly. Instead, you can apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.), and the physics simulation will calculate the resulting movement, collision, bouncing, rotating, etc. - A RigidBody3D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and Kinematic. + A RigidBody3D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Dynamic, Static, DynamicLocked, and Kinematic. [b]Note:[/b] Don't change a RigidBody3D's position every frame or very often. Sporadic changes work fine, but physics runs at a different granularity (fixed Hz) than usual rendering (process callback) and maybe even in a separate thread, so changing this from a process loop may result in strange behavior. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. If you need to override the default physics behavior, you can write a custom force integration function. See [member custom_integrator]. With Bullet physics (the default), the center of mass is the RigidBody3D center. With GodotPhysics, the center of mass is the average of the [CollisionShape3D] centers. @@ -86,15 +86,6 @@ Applies a torque impulse which will be affected by the body mass and shape. This will rotate the body around the [code]impulse[/code] vector passed. </description> </method> - <method name="get_axis_lock" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified linear or rotational axis is locked. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_colliding_bodies" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> @@ -103,24 +94,13 @@ [b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. For performance, list of collisions is updated once per frame and before the physics step. Consider using signals instead. </description> </method> - <method name="get_inverse_inertia_tensor"> + <method name="get_inverse_inertia_tensor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse inertia tensor basis. This is used to calculate the angular acceleration resulting from a torque applied to the [RigidBody3D]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_axis_lock"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="lock" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Locks the specified linear or rotational axis. - </description> - </method> <method name="set_axis_velocity"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -139,27 +119,8 @@ <member name="angular_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_angular_velocity" getter="get_angular_velocity" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> RigidBody3D's rotational velocity. </member> - <member name="axis_lock_angular_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's rotation in the X axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_angular_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's rotation in the Y axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_angular_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's rotation in the Z axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_linear_x" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's movement in the X axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_linear_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's movement in the Y axis. - </member> - <member name="axis_lock_linear_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock" default="false"> - Lock the body's movement in the Z axis. - </member> <member name="can_sleep" type="bool" setter="set_can_sleep" getter="is_able_to_sleep" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no movement. See [member sleeping]. - [b]Note:[/b] A RigidBody3D will never enter sleep mode automatically if its [member mode] is [constant MODE_CHARACTER]. It can still be put to sleep manually by setting its [member sleeping] property to [code]true[/code]. </member> <member name="contact_monitor" type="bool" setter="set_contact_monitor" getter="is_contact_monitor_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the RigidBody3D will emit signals when it collides with another RigidBody3D. See also [member contacts_reported]. @@ -217,7 +178,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_entered"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node"> </argument> @@ -235,7 +196,7 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> - <argument index="0" name="body_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="body_rid" type="RID"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="body" type="Node"> </argument> @@ -260,17 +221,17 @@ </signal> </signals> <constants> - <constant name="MODE_RIGID" value="0" enum="Mode"> - Rigid body mode. This is the "natural" state of a rigid body. It is affected by forces, and can move, rotate, and be affected by user code. + <constant name="MODE_DYNAMIC" value="0" enum="Mode"> + Dynamic body mode. This is the default mode of a rigid body. It is affected by forces, and can move, rotate, and be affected by user code. </constant> <constant name="MODE_STATIC" value="1" enum="Mode"> - Static mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody3D], and can only move by user code. + Static body mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody3D], and can only move by user code. </constant> - <constant name="MODE_CHARACTER" value="2" enum="Mode"> - Character body mode. This behaves like a rigid body, but can not rotate. + <constant name="MODE_DYNAMIC_LOCKED" value="2" enum="Mode"> + Locked dynamic body mode. Similar to [constant MODE_DYNAMIC], but the body can not rotate. </constant> <constant name="MODE_KINEMATIC" value="3" enum="Mode"> - Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [KinematicBody3D], and can only move by user code. + Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody3D] with [member StaticBody3D.kinematic_motion] enabled, and can only move by user code. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index 9366d7dd44..7a15153fc2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -21,7 +21,8 @@ <argument index="1" name="method" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group. + Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group. You can pass arguments to [code]method[/code] by specifying them at the end of the method call. + [b]Note:[/b] [method call_group] will always call methods with an one-frame delay, in a way similar to [method Object.call_deferred]. To call methods immediately, use [method call_group_flags] with the [constant GROUP_CALL_REALTIME] flag. </description> </method> <method name="call_group_flags" qualifiers="vararg"> @@ -34,7 +35,8 @@ <argument index="2" name="method" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. + Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. You can pass arguments to [code]method[/code] by specifying them at the end of the method call. + [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the method calling behavior. If the [constant GROUP_CALL_REALTIME] flag is present in the [code]flags[/code] argument, methods will be called immediately. If this flag isn't present in [code]flags[/code], methods will be called with a one-frame delay in a way similar to [method call_group]. </description> </method> <method name="change_scene"> @@ -205,6 +207,7 @@ Quits the application at the end of the current iteration. Argument [code]exit_code[/code] can optionally be given (defaulting to 0) to customize the exit status code. By convention, an exit code of [code]0[/code] indicates success whereas a non-zero exit code indicates an error. For portability reasons, the exit code should be set between 0 and 125 (inclusive). + [b]Note:[/b] On iOS this method doesn't work. Instead, as recommended by the iOS Human Interface Guidelines, the user is expected to close apps via the Home button. </description> </method> <method name="reload_current_scene"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml b/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml index ee498de302..e5c4c32450 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml @@ -18,6 +18,13 @@ Adds a [EditorSyntaxHighlighter] to the open script. </description> </method> + <method name="get_base_editor" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Control"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the underlying [Control] used for editing scripts. This can be either [CodeEdit] (for text scripts) or [GraphEdit] (for visual scripts). + </description> + </method> </methods> <signals> <signal name="edited_script_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml index 9c5634f43a..60f3106b4b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml @@ -11,6 +11,15 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="ensure_control_visible"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="control" type="Control"> + </argument> + <description> + Ensures the given [code]control[/code] is visible (must be a direct or indirect child of the ScrollContainer). Used by [member follow_focus]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_h_scrollbar"> <return type="HScrollBar"> </return> @@ -39,12 +48,18 @@ <member name="scroll_horizontal_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_enable_h_scroll" getter="is_h_scroll_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], enables horizontal scrolling. </member> + <member name="scroll_horizontal_visible" type="bool" setter="set_h_scroll_visible" getter="is_h_scroll_visible" default="true"> + If [code]false[/code], hides the horizontal scrollbar. + </member> <member name="scroll_vertical" type="int" setter="set_v_scroll" getter="get_v_scroll" default="0"> The current vertical scroll value. </member> <member name="scroll_vertical_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_enable_v_scroll" getter="is_v_scroll_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], enables vertical scrolling. </member> + <member name="scroll_vertical_visible" type="bool" setter="set_v_scroll_visible" getter="is_v_scroll_visible" default="true"> + If [code]false[/code], hides the vertical scrollbar. + </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="scroll_ended"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml b/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml index f8b749aebf..b5f70132d7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml @@ -10,6 +10,13 @@ <link title="Physics introduction">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_debug_mesh"> + <return type="ArrayMesh"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [ArrayMesh] used to draw the debug collision for this [Shape3D]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="margin" type="float" setter="set_margin" getter="get_margin" default="0.04"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml index 0ddbac9ba4..6665a4a9f6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml @@ -10,6 +10,17 @@ <link title="2D skeletons">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/2d_skeletons.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="execute_modifications"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="execution_mode" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Executes all the modifications on the [SkeletonModificationStack2D], if the Skeleton3D has one assigned. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_bone"> <return type="Bone2D"> </return> @@ -26,6 +37,22 @@ Returns the number of [Bone2D] nodes in the node hierarchy parented by Skeleton2D. </description> </method> + <method name="get_bone_local_pose_override"> + <return type="Transform2D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the local pose override transform for [code]bone_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_modification_stack" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="SkeletonModificationStack2D"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [SkeletonModificationStack2D] attached to this skeleton, if one exists. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_skeleton" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID"> </return> @@ -33,10 +60,37 @@ Returns the [RID] of a Skeleton2D instance. </description> </method> + <method name="set_bone_local_pose_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="override_pose" type="Transform2D"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="strength" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="persistent" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the local pose transform, [code]pose[/code], for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + [code]amount[/code] is the interpolation strengh that will be used when applying the pose, and [code]persistent[/code] determines if the applied pose will remain. + [b]Note:[/b] The pose transform needs to be a local transform relative to the [Bone2D] node at [code]bone_idx[/code]! + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_modification_stack"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="modification_stack" type="SkeletonModificationStack2D"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [SkeletonModificationStack2D] attached to this skeleton. + </description> + </method> </methods> <signals> <signal name="bone_setup_changed"> <description> + Emitted when the [Bone2D] setup attached to this skeletons changes. This is primarily used internally within the skeleton. </description> </signal> </signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml index cb72ae7e4c..d8b35ad272 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml @@ -22,21 +22,10 @@ Adds a bone, with name [code]name[/code]. [method get_bone_count] will become the bone index. </description> </method> - <method name="bind_child_node_to_bone"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node" type="Node"> - </argument> - <description> - [i]Deprecated soon.[/i] - </description> - </method> <method name="bone_transform_to_world_transform"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bone_transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="bone_transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Takes the given bone pose/transform and converts it to a world transform, relative to the [Skeleton3D] node. @@ -74,7 +63,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_custom_pose" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> @@ -83,7 +72,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_global_pose" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> @@ -91,6 +80,15 @@ Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the skeleton. Being relative to the skeleton frame, this is not the actual "global" transform of the bone. </description> </method> + <method name="get_bone_global_pose_no_override" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Transform3D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the skeleton, but without any global pose overrides. Being relative to the skeleton frame, this is not the actual "global" transform of the bone. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_pose" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> @@ -126,7 +124,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_rest" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> @@ -134,15 +132,6 @@ Returns the rest transform for a bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_bound_child_nodes_to_bone" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - [i]Deprecated soon.[/i] - </description> - </method> <method name="is_bone_rest_disabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -210,7 +199,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="custom_pose" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="custom_pose" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the custom pose transform, [code]custom_pose[/code], for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. This pose is an addition to the bone rest pose. @@ -233,7 +222,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="amount" type="float"> </argument> @@ -245,6 +234,16 @@ [b]Note[/b]: The pose transform needs to be in bone space. Use [method world_transform_to_bone_transform] to convert a world transform, like one you can get from a [Node3D], to bone space. </description> </method> + <method name="set_bone_name"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_bone_parent"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -262,7 +261,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the pose transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. @@ -274,23 +273,12 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="rest" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="rest" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Sets the rest transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="unbind_child_node_from_bone"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node" type="Node"> - </argument> - <description> - [i]Deprecated soon.[/i] - </description> - </method> <method name="unparent_bone_and_rest"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -301,9 +289,9 @@ </description> </method> <method name="world_transform_to_bone_transform"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="world_transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="world_transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Takes the given world transform, relative to the [Skeleton3D], and converts it to a bone pose/transform. diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonIK3D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonIK3D.xml index 5193109447..dccc45d0ec 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonIK3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonIK3D.xml @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ </member> <member name="override_tip_basis" type="bool" setter="set_override_tip_basis" getter="is_override_tip_basis" default="true"> </member> - <member name="root_bone" type="StringName" setter="set_root_bone" getter="get_root_bone" default="@"""> + <member name="root_bone" type="StringName" setter="set_root_bone" getter="get_root_bone" default="&"""> </member> - <member name="target" type="Transform" setter="set_target_transform" getter="get_target_transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <member name="target" type="Transform3D" setter="set_target_transform" getter="get_target_transform" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> </member> <member name="target_node" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> </member> - <member name="tip_bone" type="StringName" setter="set_tip_bone" getter="get_tip_bone" default="@"""> + <member name="tip_bone" type="StringName" setter="set_tip_bone" getter="get_tip_bone" default="&"""> </member> <member name="use_magnet" type="bool" setter="set_use_magnet" getter="is_using_magnet" default="false"> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8596dac76e --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2D" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A resource that operates on [Bone2D] nodes in a [Skeleton2D]. + </brief_description> + <description> + This resource provides an interface that can be expanded so code that operates on [Bone2D] nodes in a [Skeleton2D] can be mixed and matched together to create complex interactions. + This is used to provide Godot with a flexible and powerful Inverse Kinematics solution that can be adapted for many different uses. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="_draw_editor_gizmo" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Used for drawing [b]editor-only[/b] modification gizmos. This function will only be called in the Godot editor and can be overriden to draw custom gizmos. + [b]Note:[/b] You will need to use the Skeleton2D from [method SkeletonModificationStack2D.get_skeleton] and it's draw functions, as the [SkeletonModification2D] resource cannot draw on its own. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_execute" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Executes the given modification. This is where the modification performs whatever function it is designed to do. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_setup_modification" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="modification_stack" type="SkeletonModificationStack2D"> + </argument> + <description> + Called when the modification is setup. This is where the modification performs initialization. + </description> + </method> + <method name="clamp_angle"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="min" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="max" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="invert" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Takes a angle and clamps it so it is within the passed-in [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] range. [code]invert[/code] will inversely clamp the angle, clamping it to the range outside of the given bounds. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_editor_draw_gizmo" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns whether this modification will call [method _draw_editor_gizmo] in the Godot editor to draw modification-specific gizmos. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_is_setup" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns whether this modification has been successfully setup or not. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_modification_stack"> + <return type="SkeletonModificationStack2D"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [SkeletonModificationStack2D] that this modification is bound to. Through the modification stack, you can access the Skeleton3D the modification is operating on. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_editor_draw_gizmo"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="draw_gizmo" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether this modification will call [method _draw_editor_gizmo] in the Godot editor to draw modification-specific gizmos. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_is_setup"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="is_setup" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Manually allows you to set the setup state of the modification. This function should only rarely be used, as the [SkeletonModificationStack2D] the modification is bound to should handle setting the modification up. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="enabled" type="bool" setter="set_enabled" getter="get_enabled" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], the modification's [method _execute] function will be called by the [SkeletonModificationStack2D]. + </member> + <member name="execution_mode" type="int" setter="set_execution_mode" getter="get_execution_mode" default="0"> + The execution mode for the modification. This tells the modification stack when to execute the modification. Some modifications have settings that are only availible in certain execution modes. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..014d366a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DCCDIK" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that uses CCDIK to manipulate a series of bones to reach a target in 2D. + </brief_description> + <description> + This [SkeletonModification2D] uses an algorithm called [b]C[/b]yclic [b]C[/b]oordinate [b]D[/b]escent [b]I[/b]nverse [b]K[/b]inematics, or CCDIK, to maniuplate a chain of bones in a [Skeleton2D] so it reaches a defined target. + CCDIK works by rotating a set of bones, typically called a "bone chain", on a single axis. Each bone is rotated to face the target from the tip (by default), which over a chain of bones allow it to rotate properly to reach the target. Because the bones only rotate on a single axis, CCDIK [i]can[/i] look more robotic than other IK solvers. + [b]Note:[/b] The CCDIK modifier has [code]ccdik_joints[/code], which are the data objects that hold the data for each joint in the CCDIK chain. This is different from a bone! CCDIK joints hold the data needed for each bone in the bone chain used by CCDIK. + CCDIK also fully supports angle constraints, allowing for more control over how a solution is met. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_bone2d_node" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NodePath"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses an inverted joint constraint. See [method set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert] for details. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_max" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_min" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_enable_constraint" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether angle constraints on the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] are enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ccdik_joint_rotate_from_joint" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is set to rotate from the joint, [code]true[/code], or to rotate from the tip, [code]false[/code]. The default is to rotate from the tip. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_bone2d_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bone2d_nodepath" type="NodePath"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_bone_index"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="invert" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses an inverted joint constraint. + An inverted joint constraint only constraints the CCDIK joint to the angles [i]outside of[/i] the inputted minimum and maximum angles. For this reason, it is referred to as an inverted joint constraint, as it constraints the joint to the outside of the inputted values. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_max"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="angle_max" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_min"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="angle_min" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_enable_constraint"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enable_constraint" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Determines whether angle constraints on the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] are enabled. When [code]true[/code], constraints will be enabled and taken into account when solving. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ccdik_joint_rotate_from_joint"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="rotate_from_joint" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is set to rotate from the joint, [code]true[/code], or to rotate from the tip, [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="ccdik_data_chain_length" type="int" setter="set_ccdik_data_chain_length" getter="get_ccdik_data_chain_length" default="0"> + The amount of CCDIK joints in the CCDIK modification. + </member> + <member name="target_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The NodePath to the node that is the target for the CCDIK modification. This node is what the CCDIK chain will attempt to rotate the bone chain to. + </member> + <member name="tip_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_tip_node" getter="get_tip_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The end position of the CCDIK chain. Typically, this should be a child of a [Bone2D] node attached to the final [Bone2D] in the CCDIK chain. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62ab34b06f --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DFABRIK" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that uses FABRIK to manipulate a series of [Bone2D] nodes to reach a target. + </brief_description> + <description> + This [SkeletonModification2D] uses an algorithm called [b]F[/b]orward [b]A[/b]nd [b]B[/b]ackward [b]R[/b]eaching [b]I[/b]nverse [b]K[/b]inematics, or FABRIK, to rotate a bone chain so that it reaches a target. + FABRIK works by knowing the positions and lengths of a series of bones, typically called a "bone chain". It first starts by running a forward pass, which places the final bone at the target's position. Then all other bones are moved towards the tip bone, so they stay at the defined bone length away. Then a backwards pass is performed, where the root/first bone in the FABRIK chain is placed back at the origin. then all other bones are moved so they stay at the defined bone length away. This positions the bone chain so that it reaches the target when possible, but all of the bones stay the correct length away from each other. + Because of how FABRIK works, it often gives more natural results than those seen in [SkeletonModification2DCCDIK]. FABRIK also supports angle constraints, which are fully taken into account when solving. + [b]Note:[/b] The FABRIK modifier has [code]fabrik_joints[/code], which are the data objects that hold the data for each joint in the FABRIK chain. This is different from [Bone2D] nodes! FABRIK joints hold the data needed for each [Bone2D] in the bone chain used by FABRIK. + To help control how the FABRIK joints move, a magnet vector can be passed, which can nudge the bones in a certain direction prior to solving, giving a level of control over the final result. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_fabrik_joint_bone2d_node" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NodePath"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_fabrik_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_fabrik_joint_magnet_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the magnet position vector for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_fabrik_joint_use_target_rotation" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether the joint is using the target's rotation rather than allowing FABRIK to rotate the joint. This option only applies to the tip/final joint in the chain. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_fabrik_joint_bone2d_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bone2d_nodepath" type="NodePath"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_fabrik_joint_bone_index"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_fabrik_joint_magnet_position"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="magnet_position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the magnet position vector for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_fabrik_joint_use_target_rotation"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="use_target_rotation" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] will use the target node's rotation rather than letting FABRIK rotate the node. + [b]Note:[/b] This option only works for the tip/final joint in the chain. For all other nodes, this option will be ignored. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="fabrik_data_chain_length" type="int" setter="set_fabrik_data_chain_length" getter="get_fabrik_data_chain_length" default="0"> + The amount of FABRIK joints in the FABRIK modification. + </member> + <member name="target_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The NodePath to the node that is the target for the FABRIK modification. This node is what the FABRIK chain will attempt to rotate the bone chain to. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f8cf2d4d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DJiggle" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that jiggles [Bone2D] nodes as they move towards a target. + </brief_description> + <description> + This modification moves a series of bones, typically called a bone chain, towards a target. What makes this modification special is that it calculates the velocity and acceleration for each bone in the bone chain, and runs a very light physics-like calculation using the inputted values. This allows the bones to overshoot the target and "jiggle" around. It can be configured to act more like a spring, or sway around like cloth might. + This modification is useful for adding additional motion to things like hair, the edges of clothing, and more. It has several settings to that allow control over how the joint moves when the target moves. + [b]Note:[/b] The Jiggle modifier has [code]jiggle_joints[/code], which are the data objects that hold the data for each joint in the Jiggle chain. This is different from than [Bone2D] nodes! Jiggle joints hold the data needed for each [Bone2D] in the bone chain used by the Jiggle modification. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_collision_mask" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the collision mask used by the Jiggle modifier when collisions are enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_bone2d_node" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NodePath"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_damping" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the amount of damping of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_gravity" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a [Vector2] representing the amount of gravity the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is influenced by. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_mass" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the amount of mass of the jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_override" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a boolean that indiciates whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is overriding the default Jiggle joint data defined in the modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_stiffness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_jiggle_joint_use_gravity" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a boolean that indiciates whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is using gravity or not. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_use_colliders" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns whether the jiggle modifier is taking physics colliders into account when solving. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_mask"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="collision_mask" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the collision mask that the Jiggle modifier will use when reacting to colliders, if the Jiggle modifier is set to take colliders into account. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_bone2d_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bone2d_node" type="NodePath"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_bone_index"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_damping"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="damping" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_gravity"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="gravity" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the gravity vector of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_mass"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="mass" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the of mass of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="override" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] should override the default Jiggle joint settings. Setting this to [code]true[/code] will make the joint use its own settings rather than the default ones attached to the modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_stiffness"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="stiffness" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the of stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_jiggle_joint_use_gravity"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="use_gravity" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] should use gravity. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_use_colliders"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="use_colliders" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]true[/code], the Jiggle modifier will take colliders into account, keeping them from entering into these collision objects. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="damping" type="float" setter="set_damping" getter="get_damping" default="0.75"> + The default amount of dampening applied to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. Higher values lead to more of the calculated velocity being applied. + </member> + <member name="gravity" type="Vector2" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector2( 0, 6 )"> + The default amount of gravity applied to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. + </member> + <member name="jiggle_data_chain_length" type="int" setter="set_jiggle_data_chain_length" getter="get_jiggle_data_chain_length" default="0"> + The amount of Jiggle joints in the Jiggle modification. + </member> + <member name="mass" type="float" setter="set_mass" getter="get_mass" default="0.75"> + The default amount of mass assigned to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. Higher values lead to faster movements and more overshooting. + </member> + <member name="stiffness" type="float" setter="set_stiffness" getter="get_stiffness" default="3.0"> + The default amount of stiffness assigned to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. Higher values act more like springs, quickly moving into the correct position. + </member> + <member name="target_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The NodePath to the node that is the target for the Jiggle modification. This node is what the Jiggle chain will attempt to rotate the bone chain to. + </member> + <member name="use_gravity" type="bool" setter="set_use_gravity" getter="get_use_gravity" default="false"> + Whether the gravity vector, [member gravity], should be applied to the Jiggle joints, assuming they are not overriding the default settings. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DLookAt.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DLookAt.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0fa0e5a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DLookAt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DLookAt" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that rotates a [Bone2D] node to look at a target. + </brief_description> + <description> + This [SkeletonModification2D] rotates a bone to look a target. This is extremely helpful for moving character's head to look at the player, rotating a turret to look at a target, or any other case where you want to make a bone rotate towards something quickly and easily. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_additional_rotation" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the amount of additional rotation that is applied after the LookAt modification executes. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_constraint_angle_invert" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns whether the constraints to this modification are inverted or not. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_constraint_angle_max" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the constraint's maximum allowed angle. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_constraint_angle_min" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the constraint's minimum allowed angle. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_enable_constraint" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the LookAt modification is using constraints. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_additional_rotation"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rotation" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the amount of additional rotation that is to be applied after executing the modification. This allows for offsetting the results by the inputted rotation amount. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_constraint_angle_invert"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="invert" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + When [code]true[/code], the modification will use an inverted joint constraint. + An inverted joint constraint only constraints the [Bone2D] to the angles [i]outside of[/i] the inputted minimum and maximum angles. For this reason, it is referred to as an inverted joint constraint, as it constraints the joint to the outside of the inputted values. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_constraint_angle_max"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle_max" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the constraint's maximum allowed angle. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_constraint_angle_min"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle_min" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the constraint's minimum allowed angle. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_enable_constraint"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="enable_constraint" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether this modification will use constraints or not. When [code]true[/code], constraints will be applied when solving the LookAt modification. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="bone2d_node" type="NodePath" setter="set_bone2d_node" getter="get_bone2d_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The [Bone2D] node that the modification will operate on. + </member> + <member name="bone_index" type="int" setter="set_bone_index" getter="get_bone_index" default="-1"> + The index of the [Bone2D] node that the modification will oeprate on. + </member> + <member name="target_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The NodePath to the node that is the target for the LookAt modification. This node is what the modification will rotate the [Bone2D] to. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8aaf09a8e --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that applies the transforms of [PhysicalBone2D] nodes to [Bone2D] nodes. + </brief_description> + <description> + This modification takes the transforms of [PhysicalBone2D] nodes and applies them to [Bone2D] nodes. This allows the [Bone2D] nodes to react to physics thanks to the linked [PhysicalBone2D] nodes. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="fetch_physical_bones"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Empties the list of [PhysicalBone2D] nodes and populates it will all [PhysicalBone2D] nodes that are children of the [Skeleton2D]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_physical_bone_node" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NodePath"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the [PhysicalBone2D] node at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_physical_bone_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="physicalbone2d_node" type="NodePath"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [PhysicalBone2D] node at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] This is just the index used for this modification, not the bone index used in the [Skeleton2D]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="start_simulation"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bones" type="StringName[]" default="[ ]"> + </argument> + <description> + Tell the [PhysicalBone2D] nodes to start simulating and interacting with the physics world. + Optionally, an array of bone names can be passed to this function, and that will cause only [PhysicalBone2D] nodes with those names to start simulating. + </description> + </method> + <method name="stop_simulation"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bones" type="StringName[]" default="[ ]"> + </argument> + <description> + Tell the [PhysicalBone2D] nodes to stop simulating and interacting with the physics world. + Optionally, an array of bone names can be passed to this function, and that will cause only [PhysicalBone2D] nodes with those names to stop simulating. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="physical_bone_chain_length" type="int" setter="set_physical_bone_chain_length" getter="get_physical_bone_chain_length" default="0"> + The amount of [PhysicalBone2D] nodes linked in this modification. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DStackHolder.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DStackHolder.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..313cf81482 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DStackHolder.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DStackHolder" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that holds and executes a [SkeletonModificationStack2D]. + </brief_description> + <description> + This [SkeletonModification2D] holds a reference to a [SkeletonModificationStack2D], allowing you to use multiple modification stacks on a single [Skeleton2D]. + [b]Note:[/b] The modifications in the held [SkeletonModificationStack2D] will only be executed if their execution mode matches the execution mode of the SkeletonModification2DStackHolder. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_held_modification_stack" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="SkeletonModificationStack2D"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [SkeletonModificationStack2D] that this modification is holding. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_held_modification_stack"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="held_modification_stack" type="SkeletonModificationStack2D"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [SkeletonModificationStack2D] that this modification is holding. This modification stack will then be executed when this modification is executed. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DTwoBoneIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DTwoBoneIK.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..554515556b --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DTwoBoneIK.xml @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModification2DTwoBoneIK" inherits="SkeletonModification2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A modification that rotates two bones using the law of cosigns to reach the target. + </brief_description> + <description> + This [SkeletonModification2D] uses an algorithm typically called TwoBoneIK. This algorithm works by leveraging the law of cosigns and the lengths of the bones to figure out what rotation the bones currently have, and what rotation they need to make a complete triangle, where the first bone, the second bone, and the target form the three verticies of the triangle. Because the algorithm works by making a triangle, it can only opperate on two bones. + TwoBoneIK is great for arms, legs, and really any joints that can be represented by just two bones that bend to reach a target. This solver is more lightweight than [SkeletonModification2DFABRIK], but gives similar, natural looking results. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_joint_one_bone2d_node" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NodePath"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the first bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_joint_one_bone_idx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the first bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_joint_two_bone2d_node" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NodePath"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the second bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_joint_two_bone_idx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the second bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_joint_one_bone2d_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone2d_node" type="NodePath"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the first bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_joint_one_bone_idx"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the index of the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the first bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_joint_two_bone2d_node"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone2d_node" type="NodePath"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the second bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_joint_two_bone_idx"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the index of the [Bone2D] node that is being used as the second bone in the TwoBoneIK modification. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="flip_bend_direction" type="bool" setter="set_flip_bend_direction" getter="get_flip_bend_direction" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the bones in the modification will blend outward as opposed to inwards when contracting. If [code]false[/code], the bones will bend inwards when contracting. + </member> + <member name="target_maximum_distance" type="float" setter="set_target_maximum_distance" getter="get_target_maximum_distance" default="0.0"> + The maximum distance the target can be at. If the target is farther than this distance, the modification will solve as if it's at this maximum distance. When set to [code]0[/code], the modification will solve without distance constraints. + </member> + <member name="target_minimum_distance" type="float" setter="set_target_minimum_distance" getter="get_target_minimum_distance" default="0.0"> + The minimum distance the target can be at. If the target is closer than this distance, the modification will solve as if it's at this minimum distance. When set to [code]0[/code], the modification will solve without distance constraints. + </member> + <member name="target_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> + The NodePath to the node that is the target for the TwoBoneIK modification. This node is what the modification will use when bending the [Bone2D] nodes. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35b899fe08 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SkeletonModificationStack2D" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A resource that holds a stack of [SkeletonModification2D]s. + </brief_description> + <description> + This resource is used by the Skeleton and holds a stack of [SkeletonModification2D]s. + This controls the order of the modifications and how they are applied. Modification order is especially important for full-body IK setups, as you need to execute the modifications in the correct order to get the desired results. For example, you want to execute a modification on the spine [i]before[/i] the arms on a humanoid skeleton. + This resource also controls how strongly all of the modifications are applied to the [Skeleton2D]. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="add_modification"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="modification" type="SkeletonModification2D"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds the passed-in [SkeletonModification2D] to the stack. + </description> + </method> + <method name="delete_modification"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Deletes the [SkeletonModification2D] at the index position [code]mod_idx[/code], if it exists. + </description> + </method> + <method name="enable_all_modifications"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="enabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Enables all [SkeletonModification2D]s in the stack. + </description> + </method> + <method name="execute"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="execution_mode" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Executes all of the [SkeletonModification2D]s in the stack that use the same execution mode as the passed-in [code]execution_mode[/code], starting from index [code]0[/code] to [member modification_count]. + [b]Note:[/b] The order of the modifications can matter depending on the modifications. For example, modifications on a spine should operate before modifications on the arms in order to get proper results. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_is_setup" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a boolean that indiciates whether the modification stack is setup and can execute. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_modification" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="SkeletonModification2D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the [SkeletonModification2D] at the passed-in index, [code]mod_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_skeleton" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Skeleton2D"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [Skeleton2D] node that the SkeletonModificationStack2D is bound to. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_modification"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="modification" type="SkeletonModification2D"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the modification at [code]mod_idx[/code] to the passed-in modification, [code]modification[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="setup"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Sets up the modification stack so it can execute. This function should be called by [Skeleton2D] and shouldn't be manually called unless you know what you are doing. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="enabled" type="bool" setter="set_enabled" getter="get_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the modification's in the stack will be called. This is handled automatically through the [Skeleton2D] node. + </member> + <member name="modification_count" type="int" setter="set_modification_count" getter="get_modification_count" default="0"> + The number of modifications in the stack. + </member> + <member name="strength" type="float" setter="set_strength" getter="get_strength" default="1.0"> + The interpolation strength of the modifications in stack. A value of [code]0[/code] will make it where the modifications are not applied, a strength of [code]0.5[/code] will be half applied, and a strength of [code]1[/code] will allow the modifications to be fully applied and override the [Skeleton2D] [Bone2D] poses. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skin.xml b/doc/classes/Skin.xml index e22feb42f0..f409b6c80c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skin.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bone" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_bind_pose" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="bind_index" type="int"> </argument> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="bind_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform"> + <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml b/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml index 617ad3a371..c320adb1be 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <member name="frame" type="int" setter="set_frame" getter="get_frame" default="0"> Current frame to display from sprite sheet. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. </member> - <member name="frame_coords" type="Vector2" setter="set_frame_coords" getter="get_frame_coords" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> + <member name="frame_coords" type="Vector2i" setter="set_frame_coords" getter="get_frame_coords" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> Coordinates of the frame to display from sprite sheet. This is as an alias for the [member frame] property. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. </member> <member name="hframes" type="int" setter="set_hframes" getter="get_hframes" default="1"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml b/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml index 658fd1a4f2..a7d61a6bab 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <member name="frame" type="int" setter="set_frame" getter="get_frame" default="0"> Current frame to display from sprite sheet. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. </member> - <member name="frame_coords" type="Vector2" setter="set_frame_coords" getter="get_frame_coords" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> + <member name="frame_coords" type="Vector2i" setter="set_frame_coords" getter="get_frame_coords" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> Coordinates of the frame to display from sprite sheet. This is as an alias for the [member frame] property. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must be greater than 1. </member> <member name="hframes" type="int" setter="set_hframes" getter="get_hframes" default="1"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml index 2a5c1ea6f4..298339d5fc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml @@ -4,8 +4,11 @@ Static body for 2D physics. </brief_description> <description> - Static body for 2D physics. A StaticBody2D is a body that is not intended to move. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. - Additionally, a constant linear or angular velocity can be set for the static body, which will affect colliding bodies as if it were moving (for example, a conveyor belt). + Static body for 2D physics. A static body is a simple body that can't be moved by external forces or contacts. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. In contrast to [RigidBody2D], they don't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. + They however have extra functionalities to move and affect other bodies: + [b]Constant velocity:[/b] [member constant_linear_velocity] and [member constant_angular_velocity] can be set for the static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels). + [b]Transform change:[/b] Static bodies can be also moved by code. Unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled, they are just teleported in this case and don't affect other bodies on their path. + [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Static bodies can have [member kinematic_motion] enabled to make them kinematic bodies that can be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -13,10 +16,14 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="constant_angular_velocity" type="float" setter="set_constant_angular_velocity" getter="get_constant_angular_velocity" default="0.0"> - The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but affects colliding bodies, as if it were rotating. + The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were rotating. </member> <member name="constant_linear_velocity" type="Vector2" setter="set_constant_linear_velocity" getter="get_constant_linear_velocity" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but affects colliding bodies, as if it were moving. + The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were moving. + </member> + <member name="kinematic_motion" type="bool" setter="set_kinematic_motion_enabled" getter="is_kinematic_motion_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body will act the same as a [RigidBody2D] in [constant RigidBody2D.MODE_KINEMATIC] mode. + When the body is moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to [code]physics[/code]), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). </member> <member name="physics_material_override" type="PhysicsMaterial" setter="set_physics_material_override" getter="get_physics_material_override"> The physics material override for the body. diff --git a/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml index 63a15cbe1d..5ffbb71522 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml @@ -4,8 +4,11 @@ Static body for 3D physics. </brief_description> <description> - Static body for 3D physics. A static body is a simple body that is not intended to move. In contrast to [RigidBody3D], they don't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. - Additionally, a constant linear or angular velocity can be set for the static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels). + Static body for 3D physics. A static body is a simple body that can't be moved by external forces or contacts. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. In contrast to [RigidBody3D], they don't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. + They however have extra functionalities to move and affect other bodies: + [b]Constant velocity:[/b] [member constant_linear_velocity] and [member constant_angular_velocity] can be set for the static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels). + [b]Transform change:[/b] Static bodies can be also moved by code. Unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled, they are just teleported in this case and don't affect other bodies on their path. + [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Static bodies can have [member kinematic_motion] enabled to make them kinematic bodies that can be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. </description> <tutorials> <link title="3D Physics Tests Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675</link> @@ -16,10 +19,14 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="constant_angular_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_constant_angular_velocity" getter="get_constant_angular_velocity" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it was in a state of rotation. + The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were rotating. </member> <member name="constant_linear_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_constant_linear_velocity" getter="get_constant_linear_velocity" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it was in a state of movement. + The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were moving. + </member> + <member name="kinematic_motion" type="bool" setter="set_kinematic_motion_enabled" getter="is_kinematic_motion_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body will act the same as a [RigidBody3D] in [constant RigidBody3D.MODE_KINEMATIC] mode. + When the body is moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to [code]physics[/code]), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). </member> <member name="physics_material_override" type="PhysicsMaterial" setter="set_physics_material_override" getter="get_physics_material_override"> The physics material override for the body. diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml index a1b858acf6..f120103916 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols. </brief_description> <description> - StreamPeer is an abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols (such as TCP or UNIX sockets). It provides an API for sending and receiving data through streams as raw data or strings. + StreamPeer is an abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols (such as TCP). It provides an API for sending and receiving data through streams as raw data or strings. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml index bb85d94bf9..7b7c1d7426 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml @@ -9,6 +9,18 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="bind"> + <return type="int" enum="Error"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="port" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="host" type="String" default=""*""> + </argument> + <description> + Opens the TCP socket, and binds it to the specified local address. + This method is generally not needed, and only used to force the subsequent call to [method connect_to_host] to use the specified [code]host[/code] and [code]port[/code] as source address. This can be desired in some NAT punchthrough techniques, or when forcing the source network interface. + </description> + </method> <method name="connect_to_host"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> @@ -17,7 +29,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="port" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Connects to the specified [code]host:port[/code] pair. A hostname will be resolved if valid. Returns [constant OK] on success or [constant FAILED] on failure. + Connects to the specified [code]host:port[/code] pair. A hostname will be resolved if valid. Returns [constant OK] on success. </description> </method> <method name="disconnect_from_host"> @@ -41,6 +53,13 @@ Returns the port of this peer. </description> </method> + <method name="get_local_port" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the local port to which this peer is bound. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_status"> <return type="int" enum="StreamPeerTCP.Status"> </return> @@ -61,8 +80,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="enabled" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Disables Nagle's algorithm to improve latency for small packets. - [b]Note:[/b] For applications that send large packets or need to transfer a lot of data, this can decrease the total available bandwidth. + If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], packets will be sent immediately. If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]false[/code] (the default), packet transfers will be delayed and combined using [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nagle%27s_algorithm]Nagle's algorithm[/url]. + [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this disabled for applications that send large packets or need to transfer a lot of data, as enabling this can decrease the total available bandwidth. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/String.xml b/doc/classes/String.xml index 416438e648..a81defa16c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/String.xml +++ b/doc/classes/String.xml @@ -397,7 +397,12 @@ <argument index="0" name="position" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns a number of characters from the left of the string. + Returns a number of characters from the left of the string. If negative [code]position[/code] is used, the characters are counted downwards from [String]'s length. + Examples: + [codeblock] + print("sample text".left(3)) #prints "sam" + print("sample text".left(-3)) #prints "sample t" + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> @@ -669,7 +674,12 @@ <argument index="0" name="position" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the right side of the string from a given position. + Returns a number of characters from the right of the string. If negative [code]position[/code] is used, the characters are counted downwards from [String]'s length. + Examples: + [codeblock] + print("sample text".right(3)) #prints "ext" + print("sample text".right(-3)) #prints "ple text" + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="rpad" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SubViewport.xml b/doc/classes/SubViewport.xml index 376082f417..f54f22d6fa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SubViewport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SubViewport.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ <member name="render_target_update_mode" type="int" setter="set_update_mode" getter="get_update_mode" enum="SubViewport.UpdateMode" default="2"> The update mode when the sub-viewport is used as a render target. </member> - <member name="size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_size" getter="get_size" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> + <member name="size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_size" getter="get_size" default="Vector2i( 512, 512 )"> The width and height of the sub-viewport. </member> <member name="size_2d_override" type="Vector2i" setter="set_size_2d_override" getter="get_size_2d_override" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> @@ -34,9 +34,6 @@ <member name="size_2d_override_stretch" type="bool" setter="set_size_2d_override_stretch" getter="is_size_2d_override_stretch_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the 2D size override affects stretch as well. </member> - <member name="xr" type="bool" setter="set_use_xr" getter="is_using_xr" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the sub-viewport will be used in AR/VR process. - </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="CLEAR_MODE_ALWAYS" value="0" enum="ClearMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml index 1195e4aa2b..d434f5c2c9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="surface" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Append vertices from a given [Mesh] surface onto the current vertex array with specified [Transform]. + Append vertices from a given [Mesh] surface onto the current vertex array with specified [Transform3D]. </description> </method> <method name="begin"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml b/doc/classes/TCPServer.xml index 72e9ca923d..28f06ad3ae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TCPServer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="TCP_Server" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> +<class name="TCPServer" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> <brief_description> A TCP server. </brief_description> @@ -9,6 +9,13 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_local_port" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the local port this server is listening to. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_connection_available" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml index 79fa8896e3..d784585e20 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml @@ -389,8 +389,6 @@ <theme_item name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> The size of the tab text outline. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="panel" type="StyleBox"> - </theme_item> <theme_item name="tab_disabled" type="StyleBox"> The style of disabled tabs. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml index 088bcd1c3c..74811318dc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> TextEdit is meant for editing large, multiline text. It also has facilities for editing code, such as syntax highlighting support and multiple levels of undo/redo. + [b]Note:[/b] When holding down [kbd]Alt[/kbd], the vertical scroll wheel will scroll 5 times as fast as it would normally do. This also works in the Godot script editor. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -127,6 +128,13 @@ Folds the given line, if possible (see [method can_fold]). </description> </method> + <method name="get_caret_draw_pos" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + Gets the caret pixel draw poistion. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_gutter_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -166,6 +174,15 @@ Returns the text of a specific line. </description> </method> + <method name="get_line_background_color"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the current background color of the line. [code]Color(0, 0, 0, 0)[/code] is returned if no color is set. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_line_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -282,6 +299,13 @@ Returns the selection end line. </description> </method> + <method name="get_visible_line_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the number of visible lines, including wrapped text. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_word_under_cursor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -298,6 +322,13 @@ Insert the specified text at the cursor position. </description> </method> + <method name="is_caret_visible" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the caret is visible on the screen. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_folded" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -540,6 +571,17 @@ If [code]true[/code], hides the line of the specified index. </description> </method> + <method name="set_line_background_color"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="color" type="Color"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the current background color of the line. Set to [code]Color(0, 0, 0, 0)[/code] for no color. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_line_gutter_clickable"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -714,10 +756,10 @@ If [code]true[/code], read-only mode is enabled. Existing text cannot be modified and new text cannot be added. </member> <member name="scroll_horizontal" type="int" setter="set_h_scroll" getter="get_h_scroll" default="0"> - If there is a horizontal scrollbar this determines the current horizontal scroll value in pixels. + If there is a horizontal scrollbar, this determines the current horizontal scroll value in pixels. </member> <member name="scroll_vertical" type="float" setter="set_v_scroll" getter="get_v_scroll" default="0.0"> - If there is a vertical scrollbar this determines the current vertical scroll value in line numbers, starting at 0 for the top line. + If there is a vertical scrollbar, this determines the current vertical scroll value in line numbers, starting at 0 for the top line. </member> <member name="selecting_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_selecting_enabled" getter="is_selecting_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], text can be selected. @@ -784,10 +826,6 @@ <description> </description> </signal> - <signal name="request_completion"> - <description> - </description> - </signal> <signal name="symbol_lookup"> <argument index="0" name="symbol" type="String"> </argument> @@ -936,24 +974,6 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="code_folding_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.8, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8 )"> </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion" type="StyleBox"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_background_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.17, 0.16, 0.2, 1 )"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_existing_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.87, 0.87, 0.87, 0.13 )"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_font_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.67, 0.67, 0.67, 1 )"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_lines" type="int" default="7"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_max_width" type="int" default="50"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_scroll_color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_scroll_width" type="int" default="3"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="completion_selected_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.26, 0.26, 0.27, 1 )"> - </theme_item> <theme_item name="current_line_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.25, 0.25, 0.26, 0.8 )"> Sets the [Color] of the breakpoints. [member breakpoint_gutter] has to be enabled. </theme_item> @@ -979,9 +999,6 @@ <theme_item name="line_spacing" type="int" default="4"> Sets the spacing between the lines. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="mark_color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 0.4, 0.4, 0.4 )"> - Sets the [Color] of marked text. - </theme_item> <theme_item name="normal" type="StyleBox"> Sets the [StyleBox] of this [TextEdit]. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml index fe63e434c9..9a96d8699c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if text buffer is configured to display hexadecimal codes in place of invalid characters. - Note: If set to [code]false[/code], nothing is displayed in place of invalid characters. + Note: If set to [code]false[/code], nothing is displayed in place of invalid characters. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_get_range" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml index b648098a94..c33f32c9e4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml @@ -63,18 +63,18 @@ Draws a part of the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API. </description> </method> - <method name="get_image" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Image"> + <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns an [Image] that is a copy of data from this [Texture2D]. [Image]s can be accessed and manipulated directly. + Returns the texture height. </description> </method> - <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> + <method name="get_image" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Image"> </return> <description> - Returns the texture height. + Returns an [Image] that is a copy of data from this [Texture2D]. [Image]s can be accessed and manipulated directly. </description> </method> <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Theme.xml b/doc/classes/Theme.xml index 3173dddb42..7448697df3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Theme.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Theme.xml @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_constant"> @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_font"> @@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_font_size"> @@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the font size [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears the font size [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_icon"> @@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the icon at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears the icon at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_stylebox"> @@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_theme_item"> @@ -91,10 +91,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Clears the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="copy_default_theme"> @@ -118,19 +118,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_color_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the [Color]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Color]'s name, for use in [method get_color], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns all the [Color]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Color]'s name, for use in [method get_color], if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_color_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -145,19 +145,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_constant_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the constants as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each constant's name, for use in [method get_constant], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns all the constants as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each constant's name, for use in [method get_constant], if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_constant_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -172,19 +172,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the [Font]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Font]'s name, for use in [method get_font], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns all the [Font]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Font]'s name, for use in [method get_font], if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -192,19 +192,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the font size at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns the font size at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_size_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the font sizes as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each font size name, for use in [method get_font_size], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns all the font sizes as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each font size name, for use in [method get_font_size], if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_size_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -226,19 +226,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the icon [Texture2D] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns the icon [Texture2D] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_icon_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the icons as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Texture2D]'s name, for use in [method get_icon], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns all the icons as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Texture2D]'s name, for use in [method get_icon], if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_icon_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -253,21 +253,21 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. - Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_list]. Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_type_list]. + Returns the [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. + Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_list]. Valid [code]theme_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_type_list]. </description> </method> <method name="get_stylebox_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the [StyleBox]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [StyleBox]'s name, for use in [method get_stylebox], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. - Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_type_list]. + Returns all the [StyleBox]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [StyleBox]'s name, for use in [method get_stylebox], if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. + Valid [code]theme_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_type_list]. </description> </method> <method name="get_stylebox_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -284,11 +284,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. - Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_list] or a data type specific method. Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_type_list] or a data type specific method. + Returns the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. + Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_list] or a data type specific method. Valid [code]theme_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_type_list] or a data type specific method. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_item_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -296,11 +296,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="String"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each theme items's name, for use in [method get_theme_item] or a data type specific method, if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. - Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_type_list] or a data type specific method. + Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each theme items's name, for use in [method get_theme_item] or a data type specific method, if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. + Valid [code]theme_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_type_list] or a data type specific method. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_item_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_constant" qualifiers="const"> @@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_font" qualifiers="const"> @@ -348,11 +348,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_font_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -360,11 +360,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -372,11 +372,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if icon [Texture2D] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if icon [Texture2D] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_stylebox" qualifiers="const"> @@ -384,11 +384,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_item" qualifiers="const"> @@ -398,11 +398,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if a theme item of [code]data_type[/code] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if a theme item of [code]data_type[/code] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="rename_color"> @@ -412,10 +412,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames the [Color] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames the [Color] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="rename_constant"> @@ -425,10 +425,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames the constant at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames the constant at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="rename_font"> @@ -438,10 +438,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames the [Font] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames the [Font] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="rename_font_size"> @@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames the font size [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames the font size [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="rename_icon"> @@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames the icon at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames the icon at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="rename_stylebox"> @@ -477,10 +477,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames [StyleBox] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames [StyleBox] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="rename_theme_item"> @@ -492,10 +492,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="3" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Renames the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + Renames the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. </description> </method> <method name="set_color"> @@ -503,13 +503,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_constant"> @@ -517,13 +517,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="constant" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_font"> @@ -531,13 +531,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="font" type="Font"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_font_size"> @@ -545,13 +545,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="font_size" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's font size to [code]font_size[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Sets the theme's font size to [code]font_size[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_icon"> @@ -559,13 +559,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="texture" type="Texture2D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's icon [Texture2D] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Sets the theme's icon [Texture2D] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_stylebox"> @@ -573,13 +573,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="texture" type="StyleBox"> </argument> <description> - Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_theme_item"> @@ -589,14 +589,14 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="3" name="value" type="Variant"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] to [code]value[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Sets the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] to [code]value[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]theme_type[/code]. Does nothing if the [code]value[/code] type does not match [code]data_type[/code]. - Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + Creates [code]theme_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileData.xml b/doc/classes/TileData.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efcbdf2e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TileData.xml @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TileData" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="add_collision_shape"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_collision_shape_one_way_margin" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_collision_shape_shape" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Shape2D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_collision_shapes_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_custom_data" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_custom_data_by_layer_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_navigation_polygon" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="NavigationPolygon"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_occluder" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="OccluderPolygon2D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_peering_bit_terrain" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="peering_bit" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_collision_shape_one_way" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_collision_shape"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_shape_one_way"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="one_way" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_shape_one_way_margin"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="one_way_margin" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_shape_shape"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="shape" type="Shape2D"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_collision_shapes_count"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shapes_count" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_custom_data"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_name" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_custom_data_by_layer_id"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_navigation_polygon"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="navigation_polygon" type="NavigationPolygon"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_occluder"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="occluder_polygon" type="OccluderPolygon2D"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_peering_bit_terrain"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="peering_bit" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="terrain" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="tile_get_material" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="ShaderMaterial"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="tile_set_material"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="material" type="ShaderMaterial"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="flip_h" type="bool" setter="set_flip_h" getter="get_flip_h" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="flip_v" type="bool" setter="set_flip_v" getter="get_flip_v" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="modulate" type="Color" setter="set_modulate" getter="get_modulate" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </member> + <member name="probability" type="float" setter="set_probability" getter="get_probability" default="1.0"> + </member> + <member name="terrain_set" type="int" setter="set_terrain_set" getter="get_terrain_set" default="-1"> + </member> + <member name="texture_offset" type="Vector2i" setter="set_texture_offset" getter="get_texture_offset" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> + </member> + <member name="transpose" type="bool" setter="set_transpose" getter="get_transpose" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="y_sort_origin" type="int" setter="set_y_sort_origin" getter="get_y_sort_origin" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="z_index" type="int" setter="set_z_index" getter="get_z_index" default="0"> + </member> + </members> + <signals> + <signal name="changed"> + <description> + </description> + </signal> + </signals> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml index 7ed8ad6d4a..93d5dd8037 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml @@ -31,53 +31,46 @@ Clears cells that do not exist in the tileset. </description> </method> - <method name="get_cell" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_cell_alternative_tile" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <description> - Returns the tile index of the given cell. If no tile exists in the cell, returns [constant INVALID_CELL]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_cell_autotile_coord" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> + <method name="get_cell_atlas_coords" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <description> - Returns the coordinate (subtile column and row) of the autotile variation in the tileset. Returns a zero vector if the cell doesn't have autotiling. </description> </method> - <method name="get_cellv" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_cell_source_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <description> - Returns the tile index of the cell given by a Vector2. If no tile exists in the cell, returns [constant INVALID_CELL]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="get_neighbor_cell" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="neighbor" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given collision layer bit is set. </description> </method> - <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="get_surrounding_tiles"> + <return type="Vector2i[]"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given collision mask bit is set. </description> </method> <method name="get_used_cells" qualifiers="const"> @@ -87,15 +80,6 @@ Returns a [Vector2] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile from the tileset (i.e. a tile index different from [code]-1[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="get_used_cells_by_index" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2i[]"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns an array of all cells with the given tile [code]index[/code]. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_used_rect"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> @@ -103,155 +87,28 @@ Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map. </description> </method> - <method name="is_cell_transposed" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is transposed, i.e. the X and Y axes are swapped. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_cell_x_flipped" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is flipped in the X axis. - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_cell_y_flipped" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is flipped in the Y axis. - </description> - </method> <method name="map_to_world" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="map_position" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="ignore_half_ofs" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="0" name="map_position" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <description> Returns the local position corresponding to the given tilemap (grid-based) coordinates. - Optionally, the tilemap's half offset can be ignored. </description> </method> <method name="set_cell"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="tile" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="flip_x" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="flip_y" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="5" name="transpose" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="6" name="autotile_coord" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the tile index for the cell given by a Vector2. - An index of [code]-1[/code] clears the cell. - Optionally, the tile can also be flipped, transposed, or given autotile coordinates. The autotile coordinate refers to the column and row of the subtile. - [b]Note:[/b] Data such as navigation polygons and collision shapes are not immediately updated for performance reasons. - If you need these to be immediately updated, you can call [method update_dirty_quadrants]. - Overriding this method also overrides it internally, allowing custom logic to be implemented when tiles are placed/removed: - [codeblocks] - [gdscript] - func set_cell(x, y, tile, flip_x=false, flip_y=false, transpose=false, autotile_coord=Vector2()) - # Write your custom logic here. - # To call the default method: - .set_cell(x, y, tile, flip_x, flip_y, transpose, autotile_coord) - [/gdscript] - [csharp] - public void SetCell(int x, int y, int tile, bool flipX = false, bool flipY = false, bool transpose = false, Vector2 autotileCoord = new Vector2()) - { - // Write your custom logic here. - // To call the default method: - base.SetCell(x, y, tile, flipX, flipY, transpose, autotileCoord); - } - [/csharp] - [/codeblocks] - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_cellv"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="tile" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="source_id" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="flip_x" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="2" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i( -1, -1 )"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="flip_y" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="transpose" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="3" name="alternative_tile" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> <description> - Sets the tile index for the given cell. - An index of [code]-1[/code] clears the cell. - Optionally, the tile can also be flipped or transposed. - [b]Note:[/b] Data such as navigation polygons and collision shapes are not immediately updated for performance reasons. - If you need these to be immediately updated, you can call [method update_dirty_quadrants]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_collision_layer_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the given collision layer bit. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the given collision mask bit. - </description> - </method> - <method name="update_bitmask_area"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Applies autotiling rules to the cell (and its adjacent cells) referenced by its grid-based X and Y coordinates. - </description> - </method> - <method name="update_bitmask_region"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="start" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="end" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <description> - Applies autotiling rules to the cells in the given region (specified by grid-based X and Y coordinates). - Calling with invalid (or missing) parameters applies autotiling rules for the entire tilemap. + Sets the tile index for the cell given by a Vector2i. </description> </method> <method name="update_dirty_quadrants"> @@ -262,7 +119,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="world_to_map" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> + <return type="Vector2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="world_position" type="Vector2"> </argument> @@ -272,110 +129,30 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="bake_navigation" type="bool" setter="set_bake_navigation" getter="is_baking_navigation" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], this TileMap bakes a navigation region. - </member> - <member name="cell_clip_uv" type="bool" setter="set_clip_uv" getter="get_clip_uv" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the cell's UVs will be clipped. - </member> - <member name="cell_custom_transform" type="Transform2D" setter="set_custom_transform" getter="get_custom_transform" default="Transform2D( 64, 0, 0, 64, 0, 0 )"> - The custom [Transform2D] to be applied to the TileMap's cells. - </member> - <member name="cell_half_offset" type="int" setter="set_half_offset" getter="get_half_offset" enum="TileMap.HalfOffset" default="2"> - Amount to offset alternating tiles. See [enum HalfOffset] for possible values. - </member> <member name="cell_quadrant_size" type="int" setter="set_quadrant_size" getter="get_quadrant_size" default="16"> The TileMap's quadrant size. Optimizes drawing by batching, using chunks of this size. </member> - <member name="cell_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_cell_size" getter="get_cell_size" default="Vector2( 64, 64 )"> - The TileMap's cell size. - </member> - <member name="cell_tile_origin" type="int" setter="set_tile_origin" getter="get_tile_origin" enum="TileMap.TileOrigin" default="0"> - Position for tile origin. See [enum TileOrigin] for possible values. - </member> - <member name="cell_y_sort" type="bool" setter="set_y_sort_enabled" getter="is_y_sort_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the TileMap's direct children will be drawn in order of their Y coordinate. - </member> - <member name="centered_textures" type="bool" setter="set_centered_textures" getter="is_centered_textures_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the textures will be centered in the middle of each tile. This is useful for certain isometric or top-down modes when textures are made larger or smaller than the tiles (e.g. to avoid flickering on tile edges). The offset is still applied, but from the center of the tile. If used, [member compatibility_mode] is ignored. - If [code]false[/code], the texture position start in the top-left corner unless [member compatibility_mode] is enabled. - </member> - <member name="collision_bounce" type="float" setter="set_collision_bounce" getter="get_collision_bounce" default="0.0"> - Bounce value for static body collisions (see [code]collision_use_kinematic[/code]). - </member> - <member name="collision_friction" type="float" setter="set_collision_friction" getter="get_collision_friction" default="1.0"> - Friction value for static body collisions (see [code]collision_use_kinematic[/code]). - </member> - <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> - The collision layer(s) for all colliders in the TileMap. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> - The collision mask(s) for all colliders in the TileMap. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. - </member> - <member name="collision_use_kinematic" type="bool" setter="set_collision_use_kinematic" getter="get_collision_use_kinematic" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], TileMap collisions will be handled as a kinematic body. If [code]false[/code], collisions will be handled as static body. - </member> - <member name="collision_use_parent" type="bool" setter="set_collision_use_parent" getter="get_collision_use_parent" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], this tilemap's collision shape will be added to the collision shape of the parent. The parent has to be a [CollisionObject2D]. + <member name="show_collision" type="int" setter="set_collision_visibility_mode" getter="get_collision_visibility_mode" enum="TileMap.VisibilityMode" default="0"> </member> - <member name="compatibility_mode" type="bool" setter="set_compatibility_mode" getter="is_compatibility_mode_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the compatibility with the tilemaps made in Godot 3.1 or earlier is maintained (textures move when the tile origin changes and rotate if the texture size is not homogeneous). This mode presents problems when doing [code]flip_h[/code], [code]flip_v[/code] and [code]transpose[/code] tile operations on non-homogeneous isometric tiles (e.g. 2:1), in which the texture could not coincide with the collision, thus it is not recommended for isometric or non-square tiles. - If [code]false[/code], the textures do not move when doing [code]flip_h[/code], [code]flip_v[/code] operations if no offset is used, nor when changing the tile origin. - The compatibility mode doesn't work with the [member centered_textures] option, because displacing textures with the [member cell_tile_origin] option or in irregular tiles is not relevant when centering those textures. - </member> - <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="TileMap.Mode" default="0"> - The TileMap orientation mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values. - </member> - <member name="occluder_light_mask" type="int" setter="set_occluder_light_mask" getter="get_occluder_light_mask" default="1"> - The light mask assigned to all light occluders in the TileMap. The TileSet's light occluders will cast shadows only from Light2D(s) that have the same light mask(s). + <member name="show_navigation" type="int" setter="set_navigation_visibility_mode" getter="get_navigation_visibility_mode" enum="TileMap.VisibilityMode" default="0"> </member> <member name="tile_set" type="TileSet" setter="set_tileset" getter="get_tileset"> The assigned [TileSet]. </member> </members> <signals> - <signal name="settings_changed"> + <signal name="changed"> <description> - Emitted when a tilemap setting has changed. + Emitted when the [TileSet] of this TileMap changes. </description> </signal> </signals> <constants> - <constant name="INVALID_CELL" value="-1"> - Returned when a cell doesn't exist. - </constant> - <constant name="MODE_SQUARE" value="0" enum="Mode"> - Orthogonal orientation mode. - </constant> - <constant name="MODE_ISOMETRIC" value="1" enum="Mode"> - Isometric orientation mode. - </constant> - <constant name="MODE_CUSTOM" value="2" enum="Mode"> - Custom orientation mode. - </constant> - <constant name="HALF_OFFSET_X" value="0" enum="HalfOffset"> - Half offset on the X coordinate. - </constant> - <constant name="HALF_OFFSET_Y" value="1" enum="HalfOffset"> - Half offset on the Y coordinate. - </constant> - <constant name="HALF_OFFSET_DISABLED" value="2" enum="HalfOffset"> - Half offset disabled. - </constant> - <constant name="HALF_OFFSET_NEGATIVE_X" value="3" enum="HalfOffset"> - Half offset on the X coordinate (negative). - </constant> - <constant name="HALF_OFFSET_NEGATIVE_Y" value="4" enum="HalfOffset"> - Half offset on the Y coordinate (negative). - </constant> - <constant name="TILE_ORIGIN_TOP_LEFT" value="0" enum="TileOrigin"> - Tile origin at its top-left corner. + <constant name="VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT" value="0" enum="VisibilityMode"> </constant> - <constant name="TILE_ORIGIN_CENTER" value="1" enum="TileOrigin"> - Tile origin at its center. + <constant name="VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_HIDE" value="2" enum="VisibilityMode"> </constant> - <constant name="TILE_ORIGIN_BOTTOM_LEFT" value="2" enum="TileOrigin"> - Tile origin at its bottom-left corner. + <constant name="VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_SHOW" value="1" enum="VisibilityMode"> </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml index adc5880c71..2015b1f1cd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml @@ -17,752 +17,350 @@ <link title="2D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_forward_atlas_subtile_selection" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="atlastile_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="tilemap" type="Object"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="tile_location" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="_forward_subtile_selection" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="autotile_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="bitmask" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="tilemap" type="Object"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="tile_location" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="_is_tile_bound" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="bool"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="drawn_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="neighbor_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Determines when the auto-tiler should consider two different auto-tile IDs to be bound together. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]neighbor_id[/code] will be [code]-1[/code] ([constant TileMap.INVALID_CELL]) when checking a tile against an empty neighbor tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_clear_bitmask_map"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Clears all bitmask information of the autotile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_get_bitmask"> + <method name="add_source"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_source_id_override" type="TileSetSource"> </argument> - <description> - Returns the bitmask of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates. - The value is the sum of the values in [enum AutotileBindings] present in the subtile (e.g. a value of 5 means the bitmask has bindings in both the top left and top right). - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_get_bitmask_mode" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" enum="TileSet.BitmaskMode"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [enum BitmaskMode] of the autotile. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_get_icon_coordinate" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the subtile that's being used as an icon in an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. - The subtile defined as the icon will be used as a fallback when the atlas/autotile's bitmask information is incomplete. It will also be used to represent it in the TileSet editor. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_get_light_occluder" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="OccluderPolygon2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the light occluder of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_get_navigation_polygon" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="NavigationPolygon"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the navigation polygon of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_get_size" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the size of the subtiles in an atlas/autotile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_get_spacing" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_navigation_layer_layers" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the spacing between subtiles of the atlas/autotile. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_get_subtile_priority"> + <method name="get_next_source_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> <description> - Returns the priority of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates. - When more than one subtile has the same bitmask value, one of them will be picked randomly for drawing. Its priority will define how often it will be picked. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_get_z_index"> + <method name="get_occlusion_layer_light_mask" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the drawing index of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_set_bitmask"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="bitmask" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="flag" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the bitmask of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates. - The value is the sum of the values in [enum AutotileBindings] present in the subtile (e.g. a value of 5 means the bitmask has bindings in both the top left and top right). - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_set_bitmask_mode"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="TileSet.BitmaskMode"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the [enum BitmaskMode] of the autotile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_set_icon_coordinate"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the subtile that will be used as an icon in an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. - The subtile defined as the icon will be used as a fallback when the atlas/autotile's bitmask information is incomplete. It will also be used to represent it in the TileSet editor. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_set_light_occluder"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="light_occluder" type="OccluderPolygon2D"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the light occluder of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_set_navigation_polygon"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="navigation_polygon" type="NavigationPolygon"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the navigation polygon of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. - </description> - </method> - <method name="autotile_set_size"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="get_occlusion_layer_sdf_collision" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the size of the subtiles in an atlas/autotile. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_set_spacing"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="get_physics_layer_collision_layer" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="spacing" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the spacing between subtiles of the atlas/autotile. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_set_subtile_priority"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="get_physics_layer_collision_mask" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="priority" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the priority of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates. - When more than one subtile has the same bitmask value, one of them will be picked randomly for drawing. Its priority will define how often it will be picked. </description> </method> - <method name="autotile_set_z_index"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="get_physics_layer_physics_material" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PhysicsMaterial"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="coord" type="Vector2"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="z_index" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the drawing index of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its coordinates. </description> </method> - <method name="clear"> - <return type="void"> + <method name="get_source" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="TileSetSource"> </return> - <description> - Clears all tiles. - </description> - </method> - <method name="create_tile"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Creates a new tile with the given ID. </description> </method> - <method name="find_tile_by_name" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_source_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> - </argument> <description> - Returns the first tile matching the given name. </description> </method> - <method name="get_last_unused_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_source_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <description> - Returns the ID following the last currently used ID, useful when creating a new tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_tiles_ids" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - Returns an array of all currently used tile IDs. - </description> - </method> - <method name="remove_tile"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Removes the given tile ID. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_add_shape"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape" type="Shape2D"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="shape_transform" type="Transform2D"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="one_way" type="bool" default="false"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="autotile_coord" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds a shape to the tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_light_occluder" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="OccluderPolygon2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the tile's light occluder. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_material" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="ShaderMaterial"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the tile's material. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_modulate" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_terrain_color" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the tile's modulation color. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_name" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="String"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the tile's name. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_navigation_polygon" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="NavigationPolygon"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> - <description> - Returns the navigation polygon of the tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_navigation_polygon_offset" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the offset of the tile's navigation polygon. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_get_occluder_offset" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> + <method name="get_terrain_name" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> - <description> - Returns the offset of the tile's light occluder. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_region" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Rect2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the tile sub-region in the texture. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_get_shape" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Shape2D"> + <method name="get_terrain_set_mode" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="TileSet.TerrainMode"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns a tile's given shape. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_get_shape_count" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_terrains_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the number of shapes assigned to a tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_shape_offset" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the offset of a tile's shape. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_get_shape_one_way" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_source" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the one-way collision value of a tile's shape. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_shape_one_way_margin" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_shape_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the [Transform2D] of a tile's shape. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_shapes" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns an array of dictionaries describing the tile's shapes. - [b]Dictionary structure in the array returned by this method:[/b] - [codeblock] - { - "autotile_coord": Vector2, - "one_way": bool, - "one_way_margin": int, - "shape": CollisionShape2D, - "shape_transform": Transform2D, - } - [/codeblock] - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_texture" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Texture2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the tile's texture. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_texture_offset" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the texture offset of the tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_tile_mode" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" enum="TileSet.TileMode"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the tile's [enum TileMode]. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_get_z_index" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the tile's Z index (drawing layer). - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_light_occluder"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="light_occluder" type="OccluderPolygon2D"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets a light occluder for the tile. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_material"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="material" type="ShaderMaterial"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the tile's material. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_modulate"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="color" type="Color"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the tile's modulation color. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_name"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="name" type="String"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the tile's name. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_navigation_polygon"> + <method name="remove_source"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="navigation_polygon" type="NavigationPolygon"> + <argument index="0" name="source_id" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the tile's navigation polygon. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_navigation_polygon_offset"> + <method name="set_navigation_layer_layers"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="navigation_polygon_offset" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="layers" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets an offset for the tile's navigation polygon. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_occluder_offset"> + <method name="set_occlusion_layer_light_mask"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="occluder_offset" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="light_mask" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets an offset for the tile's light occluder. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_region"> + <method name="set_occlusion_layer_sdf_collision"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="region" type="Rect2"> + <argument index="1" name="sdf_collision" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the tile's sub-region in the texture. This is common in texture atlases. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_shape"> + <method name="set_physics_layer_collision_layer"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="shape" type="Shape2D"> + <argument index="1" name="layer" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets a shape for the tile, enabling collision. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_shape_offset"> + <method name="set_physics_layer_collision_mask"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="shape_offset" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="mask" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the offset of a tile's shape. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_shape_one_way"> + <method name="set_physics_layer_physics_material"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="one_way" type="bool"> + <argument index="1" name="physics_material" type="PhysicsMaterial"> </argument> <description> - Enables one-way collision on a tile's shape. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_shape_one_way_margin"> + <method name="set_source_id"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="source_id" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="one_way" type="float"> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="int"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_shape_transform"> + <method name="set_terrain_color"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shape_id" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="shape_transform" type="Transform2D"> + <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Sets a [Transform2D] on a tile's shape. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_shapes"> + <method name="set_terrain_name"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="shapes" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets an array of shapes for the tile, enabling collision. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_texture"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="texture" type="Texture2D"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the tile's texture. - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_texture_offset"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="texture_offset" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="2" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Sets the tile's texture offset. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_tile_mode"> + <method name="set_terrain_set_mode"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="tilemode" type="int" enum="TileSet.TileMode"> + <argument index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="TileSet.TerrainMode"> </argument> <description> - Sets the tile's [enum TileMode]. </description> </method> - <method name="tile_set_z_index"> + <method name="set_terrains_count"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="z_index" type="int"> + <argument index="1" name="terrains_count" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the tile's drawing index. </description> </method> </methods> + <members> + <member name="custom_data_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_custom_data_layers_count" getter="get_custom_data_layers_count" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="navigation_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_navigation_layers_count" getter="get_navigation_layers_count" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="occlusion_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_occlusion_layers_count" getter="get_occlusion_layers_count" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="physics_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_physics_layers_count" getter="get_physics_layers_count" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="terrains_sets_count" type="int" setter="set_terrain_sets_count" getter="get_terrain_sets_count" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="tile_layout" type="int" setter="set_tile_layout" getter="get_tile_layout" enum="TileSet.TileLayout" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="tile_offset_axis" type="int" setter="set_tile_offset_axis" getter="get_tile_offset_axis" enum="TileSet.TileOffsetAxis" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="tile_shape" type="int" setter="set_tile_shape" getter="get_tile_shape" enum="TileSet.TileShape" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="tile_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_tile_size" getter="get_tile_size" default="Vector2i( 16, 16 )"> + </member> + <member name="tile_skew" type="Vector2" setter="set_tile_skew" getter="get_tile_skew" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> + </member> + <member name="uv_clipping" type="bool" setter="set_uv_clipping" getter="is_uv_clipping" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="y_sorting" type="bool" setter="set_y_sorting" getter="is_y_sorting" default="false"> + </member> + </members> <constants> - <constant name="BITMASK_2X2" value="0" enum="BitmaskMode"> + <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_SQUARE" value="0" enum="TileShape"> + Orthogonal orientation mode. + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_ISOMETRIC" value="1" enum="TileShape"> + Isometric orientation mode. + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_HALF_OFFSET_SQUARE" value="2" enum="TileShape"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_HEXAGON" value="3" enum="TileShape"> + Hexagon orientation mode. + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED" value="0" enum="TileLayout"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED_OFFSET" value="1" enum="TileLayout"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STAIRS_RIGHT" value="2" enum="TileLayout"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STAIRS_DOWN" value="3" enum="TileLayout"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_DIAMOND_RIGHT" value="4" enum="TileLayout"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_DIAMOND_DOWN" value="5" enum="TileLayout"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_OFFSET_AXIS_HORIZONTAL" value="0" enum="TileOffsetAxis"> + </constant> + <constant name="TILE_OFFSET_AXIS_VERTICAL" value="1" enum="TileOffsetAxis"> + </constant> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_RIGHT_SIDE" value="0" enum="CellNeighbor"> + </constant> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_RIGHT_CORNER" value="1" enum="CellNeighbor"> + </constant> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_SIDE" value="2" enum="CellNeighbor"> + </constant> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER" value="3" enum="CellNeighbor"> + </constant> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_SIDE" value="4" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BITMASK_3X3_MINIMAL" value="1" enum="BitmaskMode"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_CORNER" value="5" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BITMASK_3X3" value="2" enum="BitmaskMode"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_SIDE" value="6" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_TOPLEFT" value="1" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER" value="7" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_TOP" value="2" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_LEFT_SIDE" value="8" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_TOPRIGHT" value="4" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_LEFT_CORNER" value="9" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_LEFT" value="8" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_LEFT_SIDE" value="10" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_CENTER" value="16" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_LEFT_CORNER" value="11" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_RIGHT" value="32" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_SIDE" value="12" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_BOTTOMLEFT" value="64" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_CORNER" value="13" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_BOTTOM" value="128" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_RIGHT_SIDE" value="14" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="BIND_BOTTOMRIGHT" value="256" enum="AutotileBindings"> + <constant name="TileSet::CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER" value="15" enum="CellNeighbor"> </constant> - <constant name="SINGLE_TILE" value="0" enum="TileMode"> + <constant name="TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_CORNERS_AND_SIDES" value="0" enum="TerrainMode"> </constant> - <constant name="AUTO_TILE" value="1" enum="TileMode"> + <constant name="TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_CORNERS" value="1" enum="TerrainMode"> </constant> - <constant name="ATLAS_TILE" value="2" enum="TileMode"> + <constant name="TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_SIDES" value="2" enum="TerrainMode"> </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7a304ca27 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TileSetAtlasSource" inherits="TileSetSource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="can_move_tile_in_atlas" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="new_atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i( -1, -1 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="new_size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i( -1, -1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear_tiles_outside_texture"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="create_alternative_tile"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_id_override" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="create_tile"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i( 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_alternative_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_atlas_grid_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_next_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_at_coords" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_data" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Object"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_size_in_atlas" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_texture_region" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Rect2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_alternative_tile" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_tile" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_tiles_outside_texture"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_tile_in_atlas"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="new_atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i( -1, -1 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="new_size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i( -1, -1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_alternative_tile"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_tile"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_alternative_tile_id"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="new_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="margins" type="Vector2i" setter="set_margins" getter="get_margins" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> + </member> + <member name="separation" type="Vector2i" setter="set_separation" getter="get_separation" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> + </member> + <member name="texture" type="Texture2D" setter="set_texture" getter="get_texture"> + </member> + <member name="tile_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_texture_region_size" getter="get_texture_region_size" default="Vector2i( 16, 16 )"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a00eb51c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TileSetScenesCollectionSource" inherits="TileSetSource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="create_scene_tile"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="packed_scene" type="PackedScene"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="id_override" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_alternative_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_next_scene_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_scene_tile_display_placeholder" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_scene_tile_id"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_scene_tile_scene" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedScene"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_scene_tiles_count"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_alternative_tile" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_scene_tile_id"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_tile" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_scene_tile"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_scene_tile_display_placeholder"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="display_placeholder" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_scene_tile_id"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="new_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_scene_tile_scene"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="packed_scene" type="PackedScene"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a3029bb3f --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TileSetSource" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml index 6ae7fbcf79..0dbf95376a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <description> - Constructs a default-initialized [Transform] set to [constant IDENTITY]. + Constructs a default-initialized [Transform2D] set to [constant IDENTITY]. </description> </method> <method name="Transform2D" qualifiers="constructor"> @@ -129,6 +129,16 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this transform and [code]transform[/code] are approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component. </description> </method> + <method name="looking_at" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Transform2D"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="target" type="Vector2" default="Transform2D( 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that it's rotation on the X-axis points towards the [code]target[/code] position. + Operations take place in global space. + </description> + </method> <method name="operator !=" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -138,33 +148,33 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Vector2"> + <return type="PackedVector2Array"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="PackedVector2Array"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Rect2"> + <return type="Transform2D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Rect2"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform2D"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Transform2D"> + <return type="Rect2"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform2D"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Rect2"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="PackedVector2Array"> + <return type="Vector2"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="PackedVector2Array"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -210,6 +220,15 @@ Scales the transform by the given scale factor, using matrix multiplication. </description> </method> + <method name="set_rotation"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rotation" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the transform's rotation (in radians). + </description> + </method> <method name="translated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform.xml b/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml index 9d8721e2de..0d49255523 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="Transform" version="4.0"> +<class name="Transform3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> 3D transformation (3×4 matrix). </brief_description> @@ -16,35 +16,35 @@ <link title="2.5D Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/583</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="Transform" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Transform"> + <method name="Transform3D" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> - Constructs a default-initialized [Transform] set to [constant IDENTITY]. + Constructs a default-initialized [Transform3D] set to [constant IDENTITY]. </description> </method> - <method name="Transform" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Transform"> + <method name="Transform3D" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="from" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Transform] as a copy of the given [Transform]. + Constructs a [Transform3D] as a copy of the given [Transform3D]. </description> </method> - <method name="Transform" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Transform"> + <method name="Transform3D" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="basis" type="Basis"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="origin" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Constructs a Transform from a [Basis] and [Vector3]. + Constructs a Transform3D from a [Basis] and [Vector3]. </description> </method> - <method name="Transform" qualifiers="constructor"> - <return type="Transform"> + <method name="Transform3D" qualifiers="constructor"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="x_axis" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -55,29 +55,29 @@ <argument index="3" name="origin" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Constructs a Transform from four [Vector3] values (matrix columns). Each axis corresponds to local basis vectors (some of which may be scaled). + Constructs a Transform3D from four [Vector3] values (matrix columns). Each axis corresponds to local basis vectors (some of which may be scaled). </description> </method> <method name="affine_inverse" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the transformation is composed of rotation, scaling and translation. </description> </method> <method name="interpolate_with" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Interpolates the transform to other Transform by weight amount (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). + Interpolates the transform to other Transform3D by weight amount (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). </description> </method> <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use affine_inverse for transforms with scaling). @@ -86,14 +86,14 @@ <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this transform and [code]transform[/code] are approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component. </description> </method> <method name="looking_at" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="target" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ <method name="operator !=" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -148,20 +148,20 @@ <method name="operator ==" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> </method> <method name="orthonormalized" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized axis vectors. </description> </method> <method name="rotated" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="axis" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="scaled" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="scale" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="translated" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="offset" type="Vector3"> </argument> @@ -200,17 +200,17 @@ </member> </members> <constants> - <constant name="IDENTITY" value="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - [Transform] with no translation, rotation or scaling applied. When applied to other data structures, [constant IDENTITY] performs no transformation. + <constant name="IDENTITY" value="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + [Transform3D] with no translation, rotation or scaling applied. When applied to other data structures, [constant IDENTITY] performs no transformation. </constant> - <constant name="FLIP_X" value="Transform( -1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - [Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the YZ plane. + <constant name="FLIP_X" value="Transform3D( -1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + [Transform3D] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the YZ plane. </constant> - <constant name="FLIP_Y" value="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - [Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XZ plane. + <constant name="FLIP_Y" value="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + [Transform3D] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XZ plane. </constant> - <constant name="FLIP_Z" value="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - [Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XY plane. + <constant name="FLIP_Z" value="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + [Transform3D] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XY plane. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tree.xml b/doc/classes/Tree.xml index a09f1bf470..c31467c67e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tree.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] - To iterate over all the [TreeItem] objects in a [Tree] object, use [method TreeItem.get_next] and [method TreeItem.get_children] after getting the root through [method get_root]. You can use [method Object.free] on a [TreeItem] to remove it from the [Tree]. + To iterate over all the [TreeItem] objects in a [Tree] object, use [method TreeItem.get_next] and [method TreeItem.get_first_child] after getting the root through [method get_root]. You can use [method Object.free] on a [TreeItem] to remove it from the [Tree]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -533,6 +533,12 @@ <theme_item name="checked" type="Texture2D"> The check icon to display when the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CHECK] mode cell is checked. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="children_hl_line_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.27, 0.27, 0.27, 1 )"> + The [Color] of the relationship lines between the selected [TreeItem] and its children. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="children_hl_line_width" type="int" default="1"> + The width of the relationship lines between the selected [TreeItem] and its children. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="cursor" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [Tree] is being focused. </theme_item> @@ -587,8 +593,20 @@ <theme_item name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> The size of the text outline. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="parent_hl_line_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.27, 0.27, 0.27, 1 )"> + The [Color] of the relationship lines between the selected [TreeItem] and its parents. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="parent_hl_line_margin" type="int" default="0"> + The space between the parent relationship lines for the selected [TreeItem] and the relationship lines to its siblings that are not selected. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="parent_hl_line_width" type="int" default="1"> + The width of the relationship lines between the selected [TreeItem] and its parents. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="relationship_line_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.27, 0.27, 0.27, 1 )"> - [Color] of the relationship lines. + The default [Color] of the relationship lines. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="relationship_line_width" type="int" default="1"> + The default width of the relationship lines. </theme_item> <theme_item name="scroll_border" type="int" default="4"> The maximum distance between the mouse cursor and the control's border to trigger border scrolling when dragging. diff --git a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml index add23c2ce6..0256d83fea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml @@ -63,6 +63,16 @@ Removes all OpenType features. </description> </method> + <method name="create_child"> + <return type="TreeItem"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates an item and adds it as a child. + The new item will be inserted as position [code]idx[/code] (the default value [code]-1[/code] means the last position), or it will be the last child if [code]idx[/code] is higher than the child count. + </description> + </method> <method name="deselect"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -123,11 +133,28 @@ Returns the column's cell mode. </description> </method> - <method name="get_children"> + <method name="get_child"> <return type="TreeItem"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a child item by its index (see [method get_child_count]). This method is often used for iterating all children of an item. + Negative indices access the children from the last one. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_child_count"> + <return type="int"> + </return> <description> - Returns the TreeItem's first child item or a null object if there is none. + Returns the number of child items. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_children"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <description> + Returns an array of references to the item's children. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_bg_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -148,6 +175,14 @@ Returns the custom color of column [code]column[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_custom_font" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Font"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_expand_right" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -157,6 +192,13 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]expand_right[/code] is set. </description> </method> + <method name="get_first_child"> + <return type="TreeItem"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the TreeItem's first child. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_icon" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Texture2D"> </return> @@ -193,6 +235,13 @@ Returns the icon [Texture2D] region as [Rect2]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_index"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the node's order in the tree. For example, if called on the first child item the position is [code]0[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_language" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -342,6 +391,13 @@ Returns the given column's tooltip. </description> </method> + <method name="get_tree"> + <return type="Tree"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the [Tree] that owns this TreeItem. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_button_disabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -397,18 +453,24 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selected. </description> </method> - <method name="move_to_bottom"> + <method name="move_after"> <return type="void"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="item" type="Object"> + </argument> <description> - Moves this TreeItem to the bottom in the [Tree] hierarchy. + Moves this TreeItem right after the given [code]item[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] You can't move to the root or move the root. </description> </method> - <method name="move_to_top"> + <method name="move_before"> <return type="void"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="item" type="Object"> + </argument> <description> - Moves this TreeItem to the top in the [Tree] hierarchy. + Moves this TreeItem right before the given [code]item[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] You can't move to the root or move the root. </description> </method> <method name="remove_child"> @@ -525,6 +587,16 @@ The [code]callback[/code] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_custom_font"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="font" type="Font"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_editable"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/TubeTrailMesh.xml b/doc/classes/TubeTrailMesh.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2782791a62 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TubeTrailMesh.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TubeTrailMesh" inherits="PrimitiveMesh" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="curve" type="Curve" setter="set_curve" getter="get_curve"> + </member> + <member name="radial_steps" type="int" setter="set_radial_steps" getter="get_radial_steps" default="8"> + </member> + <member name="radius" type="float" setter="set_radius" getter="get_radius" default="1.0"> + </member> + <member name="section_length" type="float" setter="set_section_length" getter="get_section_length" default="0.2"> + </member> + <member name="section_rings" type="int" setter="set_section_rings" getter="get_section_rings" default="3"> + </member> + <member name="sections" type="int" setter="set_sections" getter="get_sections" default="5"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/UDPServer.xml b/doc/classes/UDPServer.xml index 0fc00f67f8..6f3ccb8a17 100644 --- a/doc/classes/UDPServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/UDPServer.xml @@ -123,6 +123,13 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_local_port" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the local port this server is listening to. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_connection_available" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -145,7 +152,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="bind_address" type="String" default=""*""> </argument> <description> - Starts the server by opening a UDP socket listening on the given port. You can optionally specify a [code]bind_address[/code] to only listen for packets sent to that address. See also [method PacketPeerUDP.listen]. + Starts the server by opening a UDP socket listening on the given port. You can optionally specify a [code]bind_address[/code] to only listen for packets sent to that address. See also [method PacketPeerUDP.bind]. </description> </method> <method name="poll"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml index b979425b85..1390a5e45b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml @@ -110,13 +110,15 @@ Returns the vector with all components rounded up (towards positive infinity). </description> </method> - <method name="clamped" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="clamp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="length" type="float"> + <argument index="0" name="min" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="max" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Returns the vector with a maximum length by limiting its length to [code]length[/code]. + Returns a new vector with all components clamped between the components of [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code], by running [method @GlobalScope.clamp] on each component. </description> </method> <method name="cross" qualifiers="const"> @@ -229,7 +231,16 @@ <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code] by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]t[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. + Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. + </description> + </method> + <method name="limit_length" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="length" type="float" default="1.0"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the vector with a maximum length by limiting its length to [code]length[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="move_toward" qualifiers="const"> @@ -464,7 +475,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the result of spherical linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code], by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]t[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. + Returns the result of spherical linear interpolation between this vector and [code]to[/code], by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. [b]Note:[/b] Both vectors must be normalized. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml index b38b968ba3..6efb52b712 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml @@ -64,6 +64,17 @@ Returns the ratio of [member x] to [member y]. </description> </method> + <method name="clamp" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="min" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="max" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a new vector with all components clamped between the components of [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code], by running [method @GlobalScope.clamp] on each component. + </description> + </method> <method name="operator !=" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml index bd568e01ec..b6effd441b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml @@ -87,6 +87,17 @@ Returns a new vector with all components rounded up (towards positive infinity). </description> </method> + <method name="clamp" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="min" type="Vector3"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="max" type="Vector3"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a new vector with all components clamped between the components of [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code], by running [method @GlobalScope.clamp] on each component. + </description> + </method> <method name="cross" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> @@ -204,7 +215,16 @@ <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. + Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. + </description> + </method> + <method name="limit_length" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="length" type="float" default="1.0"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the vector with a maximum length by limiting its length to [code]length[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="max_axis" qualifiers="const"> @@ -266,7 +286,7 @@ <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -274,7 +294,7 @@ <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -484,7 +504,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="weight" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the result of spherical linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code], by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]t[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. + Returns the result of spherical linear interpolation between this vector and [code]to[/code], by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. [b]Note:[/b] Both vectors must be normalized. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml b/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml index ea5945f5b7..6e8a34b692 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml @@ -58,6 +58,17 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="clamp" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="min" type="Vector3i"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="max" type="Vector3i"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a new vector with all components clamped between the components of [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code], by running [method @GlobalScope.clamp] on each component. + </description> + </method> <method name="max_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml index b2ab356b0d..12558ebbbc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <member name="buffering_msec" type="int" setter="set_buffering_msec" getter="get_buffering_msec" default="500"> Amount of time in milliseconds to store in buffer while playing. </member> - <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="@"Master""> + <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="&"Master""> Audio bus to use for sound playback. </member> <member name="expand" type="bool" setter="set_expand" getter="has_expand" default="true"> @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ </member> <member name="stream_position" type="float" setter="set_stream_position" getter="get_stream_position"> The current position of the stream, in seconds. + [b]Note:[/b] Changing this value won't have any effect as seeking is not implemented yet, except in video formats implemented by a GDNative add-on. </member> <member name="volume" type="float" setter="set_volume" getter="get_volume"> Audio volume as a linear value. diff --git a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml index 188c191f20..2f3782c517 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml @@ -273,6 +273,11 @@ </member> <member name="use_debanding" type="bool" setter="set_use_debanding" getter="is_using_debanding" default="false"> </member> + <member name="use_occlusion_culling" type="bool" setter="set_use_occlusion_culling" getter="is_using_occlusion_culling" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="use_xr" type="bool" setter="set_use_xr" getter="is_using_xr" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the viewport will use the primary XR interface to render XR output. When applicable this can result in a stereoscopic image and the resulting render being output to a headset. + </member> <member name="world_2d" type="World2D" setter="set_world_2d" getter="get_world_2d"> The custom [World2D] which can be used as 2D environment source. </member> @@ -383,14 +388,14 @@ </constant> <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_NORMAL_BUFFER" value="5" enum="DebugDraw"> </constant> - <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_GI_PROBE_ALBEDO" value="6" enum="DebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed with only the albedo value from [GIProbe]s. + <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_VOXEL_GI_ALBEDO" value="6" enum="DebugDraw"> + Objects are displayed with only the albedo value from [VoxelGI]s. </constant> - <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_GI_PROBE_LIGHTING" value="7" enum="DebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed with only the lighting value from [GIProbe]s. + <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_VOXEL_GI_LIGHTING" value="7" enum="DebugDraw"> + Objects are displayed with only the lighting value from [VoxelGI]s. </constant> - <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_GI_PROBE_EMISSION" value="8" enum="DebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed with only the emission color from [GIProbe]s. + <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_VOXEL_GI_EMISSION" value="8" enum="DebugDraw"> + Objects are displayed with only the emission color from [VoxelGI]s. </constant> <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_SHADOW_ATLAS" value="9" enum="DebugDraw"> Draws the shadow atlas that stores shadows from [OmniLight3D]s and [SpotLight3D]s in the upper left quadrant of the [Viewport]. @@ -425,6 +430,8 @@ </constant> <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_CLUSTER_REFLECTION_PROBES" value="22" enum="DebugDraw"> </constant> + <constant name="DEBUG_DRAW_OCCLUDERS" value="23" enum="DebugDraw"> + </constant> <constant name="DEFAULT_CANVAS_ITEM_TEXTURE_FILTER_NEAREST" value="0" enum="DefaultCanvasItemTextureFilter"> The texture filter reads from the nearest pixel only. The simplest and fastest method of filtering, but the texture will look pixelized. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualInstance3D.xml b/doc/classes/VisualInstance3D.xml index 01d569d9c8..2a12254b71 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualInstance3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualInstance3D.xml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ </return> <description> Returns the transformed [AABB] (also known as the bounding box) for this [VisualInstance3D]. - Transformed in this case means the [AABB] plus the position, rotation, and scale of the [Node3D]'s [Transform]. See also [method get_aabb]. + Transformed in this case means the [AABB] plus the position, rotation, and scale of the [Node3D]'s [Transform3D]. See also [method get_aabb]. </description> </method> <method name="set_base"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml index c29c30289a..775ac88eff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml @@ -222,13 +222,19 @@ <constant name="TYPE_LIGHT" value="2" enum="Type"> A shader for light calculations. </constant> - <constant name="TYPE_EMIT" value="3" enum="Type"> + <constant name="TYPE_START" value="3" enum="Type"> </constant> <constant name="TYPE_PROCESS" value="4" enum="Type"> </constant> - <constant name="TYPE_END" value="5" enum="Type"> + <constant name="TYPE_COLLIDE" value="5" enum="Type"> </constant> - <constant name="TYPE_MAX" value="6" enum="Type"> + <constant name="TYPE_START_CUSTOM" value="6" enum="Type"> + </constant> + <constant name="TYPE_PROCESS_CUSTOM" value="7" enum="Type"> + </constant> + <constant name="TYPE_SKY" value="8" enum="Type"> + </constant> + <constant name="TYPE_MAX" value="9" enum="Type"> Represents the size of the [enum Type] enum. </constant> <constant name="NODE_ID_INVALID" value="-1"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml index 6327ab534f..9a74f2322e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml @@ -9,6 +9,13 @@ <link title="VisualShaders">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/shading/visual_shaders.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="clear_default_input_values"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Clears the default input ports value. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_default_input_values" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> @@ -25,6 +32,15 @@ Returns the default value of the input [code]port[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="remove_input_port_default_value"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="port" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes the default value of the input [code]port[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_default_input_values"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBillboard.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBillboard.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53bcfa7b5c --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBillboard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeBillboard" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A node that controls how the object faces the camera to be used within the visual shader graph. + </brief_description> + <description> + The output port of this node needs to be connected to [code]Model View Matrix[/code] port of [VisualShaderNodeOutput]. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="billboard_type" type="int" setter="set_billboard_type" getter="get_billboard_type" enum="VisualShaderNodeBillboard.BillboardType" default="1"> + Controls how the object faces the camera. See [enum BillboardType]. + </member> + <member name="keep_scale" type="bool" setter="set_keep_scale_enabled" getter="is_keep_scale_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. Otherwise, the scale is lost when billboarding. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="BILLBOARD_TYPE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="BillboardType"> + Billboarding is disabled and the node does nothing. + </constant> + <constant name="BILLBOARD_TYPE_ENABLED" value="1" enum="BillboardType"> + A standard billboarding algorithm is enabled. + </constant> + <constant name="BILLBOARD_TYPE_FIXED_Y" value="2" enum="BillboardType"> + A billboarding algorithm to rotate around Y-axis is enabled. + </constant> + <constant name="BILLBOARD_TYPE_PARTICLES" value="3" enum="BillboardType"> + A billboarding algorithm designed to use on particles is enabled. + </constant> + <constant name="BILLBOARD_TYPE_MAX" value="4" enum="BillboardType"> + Represents the size of the [enum BillboardType] enum. + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeComment.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeComment.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8970e2fabb --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeComment.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeComment" inherits="VisualShaderNodeResizableBase" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + A comment node to be placed on visual shader graph. + </brief_description> + <description> + A resizable rectangular area with changeable [member title] and [member description] used for better organizing of other visual shader nodes. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="description" type="String" setter="set_description" getter="get_description" default=""""> + An additional description which placed below the title. + </member> + <member name="title" type="String" setter="set_title" getter="get_title" default=""Comment""> + A title of the node. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml index 6b042f6172..06b05addfa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeDeterminant" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Calculates the determinant of a [Transform] within the visual shader graph. + Calculates the determinant of a [Transform3D] within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translates to [code]determinant(x)[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleAccelerator.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleAccelerator.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82aae1df63 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleAccelerator.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleAccelerator" inherits="VisualShaderNodeOutput" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="VisualShaderNodeParticleAccelerator.Mode" default="0"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="MODE_LINEAR" value="0" enum="Mode"> + </constant> + <constant name="MODE_RADIAL" value="1" enum="Mode"> + </constant> + <constant name="MODE_TANGENTIAL" value="2" enum="Mode"> + </constant> + <constant name="MODE_MAX" value="3" enum="Mode"> + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleBoxEmitter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleBoxEmitter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af33b285d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleBoxEmitter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleBoxEmitter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleConeVelocity.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleConeVelocity.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a40c2a7d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleConeVelocity.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleConeVelocity" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleEmit.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleEmit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..120b12d643 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleEmit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleEmit" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="flags" type="int" setter="set_flags" getter="get_flags" enum="VisualShaderNodeParticleEmit.EmitFlags" default="31"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="EMIT_FLAG_POSITION" value="1" enum="EmitFlags"> + </constant> + <constant name="EMIT_FLAG_ROT_SCALE" value="2" enum="EmitFlags"> + </constant> + <constant name="EMIT_FLAG_VELOCITY" value="4" enum="EmitFlags"> + </constant> + <constant name="EMIT_FLAG_COLOR" value="8" enum="EmitFlags"> + </constant> + <constant name="EMIT_FLAG_CUSTOM" value="16" enum="EmitFlags"> + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a25fc1c7f --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleMultiplyByAxisAngle.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleMultiplyByAxisAngle.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89a53699c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleMultiplyByAxisAngle.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleMultiplyByAxisAngle" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="degrees_mode" type="bool" setter="set_degrees_mode" getter="is_degrees_mode" default="true"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleOutput.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleOutput.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c8fc66f2ff --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleOutput.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleOutput" inherits="VisualShaderNodeOutput" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleRandomness.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleRandomness.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f19723a663 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleRandomness.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleRandomness" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="op_type" type="int" setter="set_op_type" getter="get_op_type" enum="VisualShaderNodeParticleRandomness.OpType" default="0"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="OP_TYPE_SCALAR" value="0" enum="OpType"> + </constant> + <constant name="OP_TYPE_VECTOR" value="1" enum="OpType"> + </constant> + <constant name="OP_TYPE_MAX" value="2" enum="OpType"> + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleRingEmitter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleRingEmitter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee3fbe7faf --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleRingEmitter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleRingEmitter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleSphereEmitter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleSphereEmitter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d43ac518cf --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParticleSphereEmitter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParticleSphereEmitter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParticleEmitter" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml index 41762b0099..b82ce9bdd8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Composes a [Transform] from four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph. + Composes a [Transform3D] from four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Creates a 4x4 transform matrix using four vectors of type [code]vec3[/code]. Each vector is one row in the matrix and the last column is a [code]vec4(0, 0, 0, 1)[/code]. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml index b8f054e914..550ed829c9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant" inherits="VisualShaderNodeConstant" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - A [Transform] constant for use within the visual shader graph. + A [Transform3D] constant for use within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> - A constant [Transform], which can be used as an input node. + A constant [Transform3D], which can be used as an input node. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="constant" type="Transform" setter="set_constant" getter="get_constant" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - A [Transform] constant which represents the state of this node. + <member name="constant" type="Transform3D" setter="set_constant" getter="get_constant" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + A [Transform3D] constant which represents the state of this node. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml index c8d893db00..b815efc67a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Decomposes a [Transform] into four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph. + Decomposes a [Transform3D] into four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Takes a 4x4 transform matrix and decomposes it into four [code]vec3[/code] values, one from each row of the matrix. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml index d0b5c5129d..41a58e1458 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Computes a [Transform] function within the visual shader graph. + Computes a [Transform3D] function within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> - Computes an inverse or transpose function on the provided [Transform]. + Computes an inverse or transpose function on the provided [Transform3D]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ </members> <constants> <constant name="FUNC_INVERSE" value="0" enum="Function"> - Perform the inverse operation on the [Transform] matrix. + Perform the inverse operation on the [Transform3D] matrix. </constant> <constant name="FUNC_TRANSPOSE" value="1" enum="Function"> - Perform the transpose operation on the [Transform] matrix. + Perform the transpose operation on the [Transform3D] matrix. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml index 02b6e0cd1c..f26f60a1f3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformMult" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Multiplies [Transform] by [Transform] within the visual shader graph. + Multiplies [Transform3D] by [Transform3D] within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> A multiplication operation on two transforms (4x4 matrices), with support for different multiplication operators. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml index ff6246618d..1f1cc4b630 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - A [Transform] uniform for use within the visual shader graph. + A [Transform3D] uniform for use within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform mat4[/code] in the shader language. @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ <methods> </methods> <members> - <member name="default_value" type="Transform" setter="set_default_value" getter="get_default_value" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> + <member name="default_value" type="Transform3D" setter="set_default_value" getter="get_default_value" default="Transform3D( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> A default value to be assigned within the shader. </member> <member name="default_value_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_default_value_enabled" getter="is_default_value_enabled" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml index 3d5f87f727..2c9c115d9c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Multiplies a [Transform] and a [Vector3] within the visual shader graph. + Multiplies a [Transform3D] and a [Vector3] within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> A multiplication operation on a transform (4x4 matrix) and a vector, with support for different multiplication operators. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUVFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUVFunc.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..042644feb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUVFunc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeUVFunc" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Contains functions to modify texture coordinates ([code]uv[/code]) to be used within the visual shader graph. + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="function" type="int" setter="set_function" getter="get_function" enum="VisualShaderNodeUVFunc.Function" default="0"> + A function to be applied to the texture coordinates. See [enum Function] for options. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="FUNC_PANNING" value="0" enum="Function"> + Translates [code]uv[/code] by using [code]scale[/code] and [code]offset[/code] values using the following formula: [code]uv = uv + offset * scale[/code]. [code]uv[/code] port is connected to [code]UV[/code] built-in by default. + </constant> + <constant name="FUNC_SCALING" value="1" enum="Function"> + Scales [code]uv[/uv] by using [code]scale[/code] and [code]pivot[/code] values using the following formula: [code]uv = (uv - pivot) * scale + pivot[/code]. [code]uv[/code] port is connected to [code]UV[/code] built-in by default. + </constant> + <constant name="FUNC_MAX" value="2" enum="Function"> + Represents the size of the [enum Function] enum. + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml b/doc/classes/VoxelGI.xml index 4f56d1ad3e..fa5035349e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VoxelGI.xml @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GIProbe" inherits="VisualInstance3D" version="4.0"> +<class name="VoxelGI" inherits="VisualInstance3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> Real-time global illumination (GI) probe. </brief_description> <description> - [GIProbe]s are used to provide high-quality real-time indirect light to scenes. They precompute the effect of objects that emit light and the effect of static geometry to simulate the behavior of complex light in real-time. [GIProbe]s need to be baked before using, however, once baked, dynamic objects will receive light from them. Further, lights can be fully dynamic or baked. - Having [GIProbe]s in a scene can be expensive, the quality of the probe can be turned down in exchange for better performance in the [ProjectSettings] using [member ProjectSettings.rendering/global_illumination/gi_probes/quality]. + [VoxelGI]s are used to provide high-quality real-time indirect light to scenes. They precompute the effect of objects that emit light and the effect of static geometry to simulate the behavior of complex light in real-time. [VoxelGI]s need to be baked before using, however, once baked, dynamic objects will receive light from them. Further, lights can be fully dynamic or baked. + Having [VoxelGI]s in a scene can be expensive, the quality of the probe can be turned down in exchange for better performance in the [ProjectSettings] using [member ProjectSettings.rendering/global_illumination/voxel_gi/quality]. [b]Note:[/b] Meshes should have sufficiently thick walls to avoid light leaks (avoid one-sided walls). For interior levels, enclose your level geometry in a sufficiently large box and bridge the loops to close the mesh. </description> <tutorials> - <link title="GI probes">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/gi_probes.html</link> + <link title="GI probes">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/voxel_gi.html</link> <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> </tutorials> <methods> @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="create_visual_debug" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Bakes the effect from all [GeometryInstance3D]s marked with [constant GeometryInstance3D.GI_MODE_BAKED] and [Light3D]s marked with either [constant Light3D.BAKE_DYNAMIC] or [constant Light3D.BAKE_STATIC]. If [code]create_visual_debug[/code] is [code]true[/code], after baking the light, this will generate a [MultiMesh] that has a cube representing each solid cell with each cube colored to the cell's albedo color. This can be used to visualize the [GIProbe]'s data and debug any issues that may be occurring. + Bakes the effect from all [GeometryInstance3D]s marked with [constant GeometryInstance3D.GI_MODE_BAKED] and [Light3D]s marked with either [constant Light3D.BAKE_DYNAMIC] or [constant Light3D.BAKE_STATIC]. If [code]create_visual_debug[/code] is [code]true[/code], after baking the light, this will generate a [MultiMesh] that has a cube representing each solid cell with each cube colored to the cell's albedo color. This can be used to visualize the [VoxelGI]'s data and debug any issues that may be occurring. </description> </method> <method name="debug_bake"> @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="data" type="GIProbeData" setter="set_probe_data" getter="get_probe_data"> - The [GIProbeData] resource that holds the data for this [GIProbe]. + <member name="data" type="VoxelGIData" setter="set_probe_data" getter="get_probe_data"> + The [VoxelGIData] resource that holds the data for this [VoxelGI]. </member> <member name="extents" type="Vector3" setter="set_extents" getter="get_extents" default="Vector3( 10, 10, 10 )"> - The size of the area covered by the [GIProbe]. If you make the extents larger without increasing the subdivisions with [member subdiv], the size of each cell will increase and result in lower detailed lighting. + The size of the area covered by the [VoxelGI]. If you make the extents larger without increasing the subdivisions with [member subdiv], the size of each cell will increase and result in lower detailed lighting. </member> - <member name="subdiv" type="int" setter="set_subdiv" getter="get_subdiv" enum="GIProbe.Subdiv" default="1"> - Number of times to subdivide the grid that the [GIProbe] operates on. A higher number results in finer detail and thus higher visual quality, while lower numbers result in better performance. + <member name="subdiv" type="int" setter="set_subdiv" getter="get_subdiv" enum="VoxelGI.Subdiv" default="1"> + Number of times to subdivide the grid that the [VoxelGI] operates on. A higher number results in finer detail and thus higher visual quality, while lower numbers result in better performance. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml b/doc/classes/VoxelGIData.xml index 693df8f819..88a0411e2b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VoxelGIData.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GIProbeData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> +<class name="VoxelGIData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> </brief_description> <description> @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ <method name="allocate"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="to_cell_xform" type="Transform"> + <argument index="0" name="to_cell_xform" type="Transform3D"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="aabb" type="AABB"> </argument> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_to_cell_xform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Window.xml b/doc/classes/Window.xml index b99a251a11..9c320747d1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Window.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Window.xml @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns the font size at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the font size at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -139,11 +139,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with [code]name[/code] is in [code]theme_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]theme_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -340,6 +340,8 @@ </member> <member name="theme" type="Theme" setter="set_theme" getter="get_theme"> </member> + <member name="theme_custom_type" type="StringName" setter="set_theme_custom_type" getter="get_theme_custom_type" default="&"""> + </member> <member name="title" type="String" setter="set_title" getter="get_title" default=""""> </member> <member name="transient" type="bool" setter="set_transient" getter="is_transient" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/XRPositionalTracker.xml b/doc/classes/XRPositionalTracker.xml index 36cd6e2ea0..2cf8e1d6f5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/XRPositionalTracker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/XRPositionalTracker.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="XRPositionalTracker" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> +<class name="XRPositionalTracker" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> <brief_description> A tracked object. </brief_description> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_transform" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="adjust_by_reference_frame" type="bool"> </argument> diff --git a/doc/classes/XRServer.xml b/doc/classes/XRServer.xml index 75a05bef17..8284fa4a89 100644 --- a/doc/classes/XRServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/XRServer.xml @@ -10,6 +10,24 @@ <link title="VR tutorial index">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/vr/index.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="add_interface"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="interface" type="XRInterface"> + </argument> + <description> + Registers an [XRInterface] object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_tracker"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tracker" type="XRPositionalTracker"> + </argument> + <description> + Registers a new [XRPositionalTracker] that tracks a spatial location in real space. + </description> + </method> <method name="center_on_hmd"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -26,6 +44,15 @@ You should call this method after a few seconds have passed. For instance, when the user requests a realignment of the display holding a designated button on a controller for a short period of time, or when implementing a teleport mechanism. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_primary_interface_if"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="interface" type="XRInterface"> + </argument> + <description> + Clears our current primary interface if it is set to the provided interface. + </description> + </method> <method name="find_interface" qualifiers="const"> <return type="XRInterface"> </return> @@ -36,7 +63,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_hmd_transform"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> Returns the primary interface's transformation. @@ -87,7 +114,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_reference_frame" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform"> + <return type="Transform3D"> </return> <description> Returns the reference frame transform. Mostly used internally and exposed for GDNative build interfaces. @@ -109,6 +136,24 @@ Returns the number of trackers currently registered. </description> </method> + <method name="remove_interface"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="interface" type="XRInterface"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes this interface. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_tracker"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tracker" type="XRPositionalTracker"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes this positional tracker. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="primary_interface" type="XRInterface" setter="set_primary_interface" getter="get_primary_interface"> diff --git a/doc/classes/YSort.xml b/doc/classes/YSort.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4ef6a4b4ec..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/YSort.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="YSort" inherits="Node2D" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - Sort all child nodes based on their Y positions. - </brief_description> - <description> - Sort all child nodes based on their Y positions. The child node must inherit from [CanvasItem] for it to be sorted. Nodes that have a higher Y position will be drawn later, so they will appear on top of nodes that have a lower Y position. - Nesting of YSort nodes is possible. Children YSort nodes will be sorted in the same space as the parent YSort, allowing to better organize a scene or divide it in multiple ones, yet keep the unique sorting. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="sort_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_sort_enabled" getter="is_sort_enabled" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], child nodes are sorted, otherwise sorting is disabled. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/float.xml b/doc/classes/float.xml index 11f6d91b05..f75c130039 100644 --- a/doc/classes/float.xml +++ b/doc/classes/float.xml @@ -113,12 +113,12 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> - Multiplies each component of the [Quat] by the given [float]. + Multiplies each component of the [Quaternion] by the given [float]. </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> diff --git a/doc/classes/int.xml b/doc/classes/int.xml index 119cdf8eeb..b0ad963998 100644 --- a/doc/classes/int.xml +++ b/doc/classes/int.xml @@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ </description> </method> <method name="operator *" qualifiers="operator"> - <return type="Quat"> + <return type="Quaternion"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quat"> + <argument index="0" name="right" type="Quaternion"> </argument> <description> Multiplies each component of the quaternion by the given integer. diff --git a/doc/tools/makerst.py b/doc/tools/makerst.py index ae3cc73098..1c6055f8ca 100755 --- a/doc/tools/makerst.py +++ b/doc/tools/makerst.py @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ def make_rst_class(class_def, state, dry_run, output_dir): # type: (ClassDef, S for property_def in class_def.properties.values(): type_rst = property_def.type_name.to_rst(state) default = property_def.default_value - if property_def.overridden: + if default is not None and property_def.overridden: ml.append((type_rst, property_def.name, default + " *(parent override)*")) else: ref = ":ref:`{0}<class_{1}_property_{0}>`".format(property_def.name, class_name) |